COURSES SPECIFICATION HANDBOOK

308
Computer Science and Information Department COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AZ-ZULFI COURSES SPECIFICATION HANDBOOK 2014-2015

Transcript of COURSES SPECIFICATION HANDBOOK

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 1

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Com

pu

ter Scien

ce a

nd

Info

rmatio

n ‎D

epartm

ent

COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AZ-ZULFI

COURSES SPECIFICATION HANDBOOK 2014-2015

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 2

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Courses Specification Handbook

Computer Science and Information Department

Az-Zulfi College of Science

Majmaah University

2014/2015 14356H ـــ 1435

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 3

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Table of Contents

Computer Science and Information (CSI) Program ................................................................... 6

Track I-Computer Graphics and Multimedia ............................................................................. 6

Track II-Computer Networks ........................................................................................................ 6

Track III-Individual Track ............................................................................................................ 6

CSI Program Educational Objectives ........................................................................................... 8

CSI Program Learning Outcomes ................................................................................................. 8

Curriculum for the Computer Science& Information Program (CSI)...................................... 9

1.Foundation Year Core Requirements (College core Requirements) (29 Credits): ................ 9

2.University Requirements (12 Credits): ...................................................................................... 9

3.Mathematics and Sciences Requirements (31 Credits): ......................................................... 10

4.Department Requirements (93 Credits): ................................................................................. 10

Courses Description ...................................................................................................................... 13

Courses Description Level 3 ......................................................................................................... 13

Courses Description Level 4 ......................................................................................................... 63

Courses Description Level 5 ....................................................................................................... 110

Courses Description Level 6 ....................................................................................................... 148

Courses Description Level 7 ....................................................................................................... 201

Courses Description Level 8 ....................................................................................................... 225

Courses Description Level 9 ....................................................................................................... 262

Courses Description Level 10 ..................................................................................................... 300

Elective Courses Descriptions .................................................................................................... 326

Track I: Computer Graphics & Multimedia............................................................................ 326

Track II: Computer Networks .................................................................................................. 347

Track III: Individual Track ...................................................................................................... 391

Contact Information ................................................................................................................... 468

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 4

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Computer Science and Information (CSI) Program The department staff proposed a new revised curriculum which offers a B.Sc. in computer science

and information (CSI) in three tracks. This new curriculum leads to a program which fosters

diversification through offering a wider selection of courses that is in tune with the market

requirements and provides the necessary specialization by offering a set of new concentrations

(tracks).We believe this will render our graduates more marketable. The proposed program satisfies

and fulfils the IEEE/ACM Computing Curricula guidelines for computer science curriculum and

meets the Computing Accreditation Criteria (CAC). Moreover, it takes into account the community

needs and the labor market in KSA.

Students of the CSI program have 12 hours of department elective courses. The following set of

concentration tracks within the Bachelor of Science major in Computer Science and Information is

offered which allows three tracks for students to choose from:

Track I-Computer Graphics and Multimedia: In this track the students will be allowed to

choose four courses from the following five courses which may lead them to work in the field of

Computer Graphics & Multimedia:

1. Computer Vision

2. Interactive Computer Graphics

3. Digital Photography

4. Digital Image Processing

5. Multimedia Technology

Track II-Computer Networks: In this track the students will be allowed to choose four courses

from the following five courses which may lead them to work in the field of computer networks:

1. Advanced Computer Networks

2. Network Security

3. Wireless & Mobile Computing

4. Network Programming

5. Cloud Computing

Track III-Individual Track: It is a general elective courses track that allow students to choose

any four courses either from of the last two tracks or from the following courses:

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 5

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

The concentrations are structured in a manner that meets the following general objectives. In the first

six semesters, all B.Sc.-CSI students will experience a streamlined introduction to Computer Science

&Information with an emphasis on conceptual, theoretical, and programming aspects. The intent of

this common foundations to provide a solid basis for all CSI majors and the ultimate pursuit of the

specialty majors. The mathematical and science requirements are kept consistent with what is

expected for computer science and information majors.

Students have the opportunity to start focusing on a specific concentration of their choice after their

6th semester. During the third and fourth years, the program is structured to emphasize the choice

and exploration of a concentration in depth.

1. Computer Vision

2. Interactive Computer Graphics

3. Digital Photography

4. Digital Image Processing

5. Multimedia Technology

6. Advanced Computer Networks

7. Network Security

8. Wireless & Mobile Computing

9. Network Programming

10. Cloud Computing

11. Machine Learning

12. Introduction to Robotics

13. Expert Systems

14. Computational Methods

15. Operational Research

16. Information System Management

17. Information Security

18. Project Management

19. Geographic Information System (GIS)

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 6

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

CSI Program Educational Objectives

The Educational Objectives of the Computer Science & Information undergraduate Program are:

1. Prepare graduates, who are entering immediately into professions upon graduation, to be

capable of performing duties on an entry-level computing-related position.

2. Enable graduates to pursue graduate studies to successfully complete an advanced degree.

3. Enhance graduates to work as individuals with minimum guidance and as leaders or

members of a team.

4. Encourage graduates to follow appropriate practices within a professional, legal, and ethical

framework.

5. Prepare graduates to recognize the need for and be capable of pursuing life-long learning.

CSI Program Learning Outcomes

The CSI program enables students to acquire, by the time of graduation, the following learning

outcomes which allows graduates to be able to:

1. apply knowledge of computing and mathematics appropriate to the discipline including

simulation and modelling.

2. analyse a problem to identify and define the computing requirements appropriate to its

solution.

3. design, implement, develop and evaluate complicated computer-based system, process,

component, or program to meet desired needs.

4. function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal.

5. understand professional, ethical, legal, security and social issues and responsibilities.

6. communicate effectively with a range of audiences.

7. analyse the local and global impact of computing on individuals, organizations, and society.

8. Recognize the need for and an ability to engage in continuing professional development.

9. use current techniques, skills, and tools necessary for computing practice.

10. use and apply current technical concepts and practices in the core information technologies

of human computer interaction, information management, programming, networking, web

systems and technologies.

11. identify and analyse user needs and take them into account in the selection, creation,

evaluation and administration of computer-based systems.

12. effectively integrate IT-based solutions into the user environment.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 7

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

13. understand of best practices and standards and their application.

Curriculum for the Computer Science& Information Program

The Bachelor Degree of Science in Computer Science and Information is awarded at the College of

Science in Zulfi, Majmaah University after the successful completion of 161 credit hours and after

fulfilling the terms and conditions for awarding the bachelor degree at the faculty of Science. These

161 credits are distributed as follows:-

1. Foundation Year Core Requirements (College core Requirements) (29 Credits):

Course

Number Course Title

Credit

Hours

Weekly Hours Prerequisite

Lecture Lab EX

PENG 111 Preparatory English (1) 8 20 0 0 -

PMTH 112 Introduction to Mathematics (1) 2 2 0 1 -

PCOM 113 Computer Skills 2 1 2 0 -

PSSC 114 Learning and Communication Skills 2 1 2 0 -

PENG 121 Preparatory English (2) 6 14 0 0 PENG 111

PENG 123 English for Science and Engineering 2 2 0 0 PENG 111

PMTH 127 Introduction to Mathematics (2) 4 4 0 1 PMTH 112

PPHS 128 General Physics 3 2 2 0 -

Total 29 48 2 0

2. University Requirements (12 Credits): Course

Number Course Title

Credit

Hours

Weekly Hours Elections Total

Credits Lecture Lab

ZPSY 211 Educational & Thinking Skills 2 2 0 Mandatory 2

SALM 101 Introduction to Islamic Culture 2 2 0 Students

choose 3

courses

6

SALM 102 Islam and Society Building 2 2 0

SALM 103 Economic System in Islam 2 2 0

SALM 104 Fundamentals of Political System in

Islam 2 2 0

ARAB 101 Arabic Language Skills 2 2 0 Students

choose 1 course 2

ARAB 103 Arabic Writing 2 2 0

ELEC 101 Principles of Health and Fitness 2 2 0 Students 2

Requirements Mandatory Elective Total

University Requirements 2 10 12

College Core Requirements 29 0 29

Mathematics and Sciences Requirements 23+9 (from college core Req.) 0 23

Department Core Requirements 81 12 93

Summer Training Requirements 1 0 1

Free Elective Course 0 3 3

Total 136 25 161

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 8

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

ELEC102 Business Entrepreneurship 2 2 0 choose 1 course

SOCI 101 Societal Issues 2 2 0

LHR 101 Human Rights Systems 2 2 0

FCH 101 Family and Childhood 2 2 0

VOW 101 Volunteering Systems 2 2 0

Total 12

3. Mathematics and Sciences Requirements (31 Credits): Course

Number Course Title

Credit

Hours

Weekly Hours Prerequisite

Lec. Lab. EX.

PMTH 112 Introduction to Mathematics (1) 2 2 0 1

PMTH 127 Introduction to Mathematics (2) 4 4 0 1 PMATH 112

PPHS 128 General Physics 3 2 2 0

PHYS 217 Physics 2 3 2 2 0 PPHS 128

CHEM 225 General Chemistry 2 2 0 0 -

MATH 212 Calculus I 3 3 0 1 PMTH 127

MATH 220 Calculus II 3 3 0 1 MATH 212

MATH 310 Linear Algebra & Differential Equations 4 3 0 2 MATH 220

Stat 320 Probability & Statistics 3 3 0 1 MATH 220

CSI 212 Discrete Math for Computer Science 1 3 2 0 2 PMTH 127

CSI 222 Discrete Math for Computer Science 2 2 2 0 0 CSI 212

Total 32 28 4 8

Department Requirements (93 Credits):

4-a) Mandatory Department Courses (81 CHs):

Course

Number Course Title

Credits

Hours

Weekly Hours

Prerequisite Le

c

La

b

Ex

ENG 210 Technical English 2 2 0 0 PENG 121

CSI 211 Programming 1 3 2 2 0 PCOM 113

CSI 221 Programming 2 3 2 2 0 CSI 211 CSI 223 Digital Logic Design 3 2 2 0 PHYS 217 CSI 224 Fundamentals of Information Systems 3 3 0 0 --- CSI 311 Visual Programming 3 2 2 0 CSI 221 CSI 312 Data Structure 3 2 2 0 CSI 221, CSI 212 CSI 313 Computer Organization and Assembly Language 3 2 2 0 CSI 223 CSI 314 Database 3 2 2 0 CSI 211 CSI 321 Design & Analysis of Algorithms 3 2 0 2 CSI 312 CSI 322 Computer Networks 3 2 2 0 CSI 224 CSI 323 Computer Architecture 3 3 1 0 CSI 313 CSI 324 Advanced Database 3 1 4 0 CSI 314 CSI 325 Software Engineering 1 3 2 2 0 CSI 221 CSI 411 Artificial Intelligence 3 2 2 0 CSI 321 CSI 412 Operating Systems 3 2 2 0 CSI 313 CSI 413 Compiler Design 3 2 2 0 CSI 222 CSI 421 Distributed Systems & Parallel Processing 3 2 2 0 CSI 321 CSI 422 Software Engineering 2 3 2 2 0 CSI 325 CSI423 Cryptography 3 3 1 0 CSI 321 CSI 425 Computer Graphics 3 2 2 0 Math 310 CSI 510 Graduation Project 1 2 2 0 0 120 Cr. Hrs CSI 511 Web Programming & Internet Technology 3 2 2 0 CSI 322

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 9

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

CSI 512 Data Mining 3 2 2 0 CSI 314 CSI 513 Concepts of Programming Languages. 3 2 2 0 CSI 222

CSI 520 Graduation Project 2 3 3 0 0 CSI 510 CSI 522 Human Computer Interaction 3 2 2 0 CSI 511 CSI 525 Professional Ethics 2 2 0 0 CSI 422

Total 81 59 44 2

4-b) Department Elective Courses (12 Credit Hrs):

- Student must select 4 courses from either of the next three tracks:-

Track I: Computer Graphics and Multimedia

Course

Number Course Title

Credits

Hours

Weekly Hours Prerequisite

Lecture Lab

CSI 414 Digital Image Processing 3 2 2 MATH 310

CSI 424 Computer Vision 3 2 2 CSI 414

CSI 514 Interactive Computer Graphics 3 2 2 CSI 425

CSI 521 Multimedia Technology 3 2 2 CSI 425

CSI 530 Digital Photography 3 2 2 MATH 220

Track II: Computer Networks

Course

Number Course Title

Credits

Hours

Weekly Hours Prerequisite

Lecture Lab

CSI 431 Advanced Computer Networks 3 2 2 CSI 322 CSI 432 Network Security 3 2 2 CSI 431 CSI 531 Wireless & Mobile Computing 3 2 2 CSI 322 CSI 532 Network Programming 3 2 2 CSI 431

CSI 533 Cloud Computing 3 2 2 CSI 322 , CSI 321

Track III: Individual Track: Student should select his courses from the above two tracks or from

the following table

Course

Number Course Title

Credits

Hours

Weekly Hours Prerequisite

Lecture Lab

CSI 441 Machine Learning 3 2 2 CSI 411 CSI 442 Introduction to Robotics 3 2 2 CSI 411 CSI 443 Expert Systems 3 2 2 CSI 411 CSI 444 Computational Methods 3 2 2 Math 310 CSI 445 Operational Research 3 2 2 STAT 320, MATH 310

CSI 446 Information System Management 3 2 2 CSI 314

CSI 447 Information Security 3 2 2 CSI 423

CSI 448 Project Management 3 2 2 CSI 422

CSI 449 Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 3 2 2 CSI 324

Preparatory Year

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 10

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Prereq. Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code

PENG

111 6 0 0 14 Preparatory English (2) PENG 121 -- 8 0 0 20 Preparatory English (1) PENG 111

PENG

111 2 0 0 2

English for Science and

Engineering PENG 123 -- 2 1 0 2

Introduction to

Mathematics (1) PMTH 112

PMTH

112 4 1 0 4

Introduction to Mathematics

(2) PMTH 127 -- 2 0 2 1 Computer Skills PCOM 113

-- 3 0 2 2 General Physics PPHS 128 -- 2 0 2 1 Learning &

Communication Skills PSSC 114

29 15 Total -- 14 Total

First Year Prereqe Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code

CSI 211 3 0 2 2 Programming 2 CSI 221 PCOM 113 3 0 2 2 Programming 1 CSI 211

CSI 212 2 0 0 2 Disc. Math For CS 2 CSI 222 PMTH 127 3 2 0 2 Disc. Math for CS 1 CSI 212

MATH

212 3 1 0 3

Calculus 2 MATH 220

PMTH 127 3 1 0 3

Calculus 1 MATH 212

PHYS

217 3 0 2 2

Dig. Logic Design CSI 223 PPHS 128 3 0 2 2

Physics 2 PHYS 217

-- 3 0 0 3 Fund. of Inf. Systems CSI 224 PENG 121 2 0 0 2 Tech. English ENG 210

-- 2 0 0 2 General Chemistry CHEM 225 --

2 0 0 2 Educational & Thinking

Skills ZPSY 211

32 16 Total 16 Total

Second Year Prereq. Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code

CSI

312 3 2 0 2

Design & Analysis of

Algorithms CSI 321 CSI 221 3 0 2 2 Visual Programming CSI 311

CSI

313 3 0 2 2 Computer Networks CSI 322

CSI 221,

CSI 212 3 0 2 2 Data Structure CSI 312

CSI

313 3 0 1 3 Computer Architecture CSI 323 CSI 223 3 0 2 2

Computer Organization

and Assembly Language CSI 313

CSI

314 3 0 4 1 Advanced Database CSI 324 CSI 211 3 0 2 2

Database CSI 314

CSI

221 3 0 2 2 Software Engineering 1 CSI 325 Math 220 4 2 0 3

Linear Alg. & Diff. Eq. MATH 310

MATH

212 3 1 0 3 Probability & Statistics STAT 320

-- 2 0 0 2

Elective Islamic Course

1 ISL ***

36 18 Total 18 Total

Third Year Prereq. Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code

CSI

321 3 0 2 2

Distributed Systems &

Parallel Processing CSI 421 CSI 321 3 0 2 2 Artificial Intelligence CSI 411

CSI

325 3 0 2 2 Software Engineering 2 CSI 422 CSI 313 3 0 2 2 Operating Systems CSI 412

CSI

321 3 0 1 3

Cryptography and

Information Security CSI 423

CSI 222, CSI

221 3 0 2 2 Compiler Design CSI 413

Math

310 3 0 2 2 Computer Graphics CSI 425 ***

3 * * * Elective Course 1 ***

*** 3 * * * Elective Course 2 *** -- 2 0 0 2 Elective Arabic Course ARAB ***

-- 2 0 0 2 Elective Islamic Course 3 ISL *** -- 2 0 0 2 Elective Islamic Course 2 ISL***

72 Cr. Hrs 1 0 0 1 Summer Training CSI 400

34 17 Total 17 Total

Fourth Year Prereq. Cr Ex Lb Le Course Course Code Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course name Course Code

CSI

510 3 0 0 3

Graduation Project 2 CSI 520 120 Cr. Hrs 2 0 0 2

Graduation Project 1 CSI 510

CSI

511 3 0 2 2

Human Computer Interaction CSI 522 CSI 322 3 0 2 2

Web Programming

& Internet Technology CSI 511

CSI

422 2 0 0 2

Professional Ethics CSI 525 CSI 314 3 0 2 2

Data Mining CSI 512

*** 3 * * * Elective Course 4 *** CSI 222 3 0 2 2 Concepts of Prg. Lang. CSI 513

*** 3 * * * Free Elective Course *** *** 3 * * * Elective Course 3 ***

*** 2 0 0 2 Elective Prereq. Univ. ***

30 14 Total 16 Total

Curriculum Plan

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 11

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Courses Description

Level 3

Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code

PCOM 113 3 0 2 2 Programming 1 CSI 211

PMTH 127 3 2 0 2 Disc. Math for CS 1 CSI 212

PMTH 127 3 1 0 3 Calculus 1 Math 212

PPHS 128 3 0 2 2 Physics 2 PHYS 217

PENG 121 2 0 0 2 Tech. English ENG 210

-- 2 0 0 2 Educational & Thinking

Skills

ZPSY 211

16

Total

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 12

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Programming 1

CSI 211

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 13

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. 1 - Course title : Programming 1 Course Code: CSI 211

2. Credit hours : 3 (2 Lecture + 2 Lab)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: CSI

4 – Course Language : English

2. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Noureldin Laban

3. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 3rd

level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Computer Skills (PCOM 113)

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus : N/A

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning √ What percentage? 10 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? …….‎%

F - Other What percentage? …….%

Comments :

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? This course introduces the student to object-oriented programming through a study of the concepts

of program specification and design, algorithm development, and coding and testing using a modern

software development environment. Students learn how to write programs in an object-oriented high

level programming language. This course introduces the students to basic programming concepts

and constructs. Topics include: control structures, functions, recursion, arrays, pointers and strings of

the C++ programming language. The course introduces students to structured, top-down

programming design and implementation. This course should serve as a foundation for programming

to the students in the program.

The purpose of this course is to:

1. Provide students with the ability to develop C++ using pseudo code and flow chart

and structured programming design (design, write, debug, comment and modify a

C++ program).

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 14

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2. Acquaint students the ability to understand the concept of data types, variables and

assignments.

3. Introduce students to the object oriented environment.

4. Enable students to be efficient in their work.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 1. Using group discussion

2. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

3. Motivate students to solve practical problems using C++ programming language.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours 1. Introduction to computers and C++: Introduction, Computers and the

Internet in Industry and Research, Hardware and Software, Moore’s Law, Computer Organization, Data Hierarchy, Machine Languages and Typical C++ Development Environment.

2 8

2. Introduction to C++ Programming: First Program in C++ , Input / Output and Operators, Memory Concepts ,Arithmetic, Decision Making: Equality and Relational Operators

2 8

3. Introduction to Classes, Objects and Strings: Defining a Class with a Member Function, Defining a Member Function with a Parameter, Data Members, set Member Functions and get Member Functions, Initializing Objects with Constructors.

2 8

4. Control Statements (Part 1): If Selection Statement, if…else Double-Selection Statement, while Repetition Statement, Counter-Controlled Repetition, Assignment Operators, Increment and Decrement Operators .

3 12

5. Control Statements (Part 2): For Repetition Statement, do…while Repetition Statement, switch Multiple-Selection Statement, break and continue Statements, Logical Operators.

2 8

6. Functions and an Introduction to Recursion: Function Definitions with Multiple Parameters, Function Prototypes and Argument Coercion, Scope Rules, Function Call Stack, Inline Functions, References and Reference Parameters, Default Arguments, Function Overloading, Function Templates, Recursion.

2 8

7. Array and vector: Arrays, Declaring arrays, Examples Using arrays, declaring an array and using a Loop to initialize the array’s Elements, Initializing an array in a Declaration with an Initializer List.

1 4

8. Pointers: Pointer Variable Declarations and Initialization, Pointer Operators, Pass-by-Reference with Pointers.

1 4

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 15

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 30 - - - 60

Credit 30 15 - - - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5 Hours

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Construct error free C++ programs. Lectures.

Lab

demonstrations.

Case studies.

Individual

presentations.

Written

Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

1.2 Divide a problem into its logical components.

1.3 Design and code small to medium sized problems

from the start using C/C++ constructs, such as

input/output statements, if-then-else statements,

while and for loops, functions.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Apply knowledge of computing and mathematics

appropriate to the discipline.

Lectures.

Lab

demonstrations.

Case studies.

Written

Exam

Homework

assignments 2.2 Design, implement and evaluate a computer-based

system, process, component, or program to meet

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 16

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

desired needs. Individual

presentations.

Brainstorming.

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Analyze a problem, and identify and define the

computing requirements appropriate to its

solution.

Small group

discussions.

Whole group

discussions.

Brainstorming.

Presentations.

Written

Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

3.2 Understand professional, ethical, legal, security,

and social issues and responsibilities.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Work cooperatively in a small group environment.

Small group

discussions.

Whole group

discussions.

Brainstorming.

Presentations.

Written

Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

4.2 Save time and space in each task.

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 N/A

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 17

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments After Every

chapter

10%

5

Implementation of presented programs Every two

weeks

10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Office hours: Sun: 8-12, Mon. 8-10, Wed. 8-10

Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Wed 12-1

Email: [email protected]

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Deitel and Deitel, " C++: How To Program ", 2010, Prentice Hall, ISBN 978-007351725.

2. List Essential References Materials : S. Malik, " C++ Programming: From Problem Analysis to Program Design ", Course

Technology, ISBN 061916042X.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

Journal of Science of Computer Programming.

4. List Electronic Materials :

http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-

096-introduction-to-c-january-iap-2011/

http://www.cplusplus.com/reference/

5. Other learning material :

Video and presentation are available with me

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 18

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classroom and Lab, as those that are available at college of science at AzZulfi.

2. Computing resources

Smart Board

3. Other resources

N/A

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized

by the university.

Student-faculty management meetings.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course

Departmental internal review of the course.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training course.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students by others.

Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per semester.

Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course evaluation

Exam evaluation

Improvement plan

Course Specification Approved

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 19

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s‎Coordinator Department Head Name : Noureldin Laban Name : Dr. Yossry Azzam..

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 17/ 12 / 1435 H Date : 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 20

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Discrete Mathematics for

Computer Science 1

CSI 212

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 21

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information 1 - Course title : Discrete Math for Computer

Science 1

Course Code: CSI 212

2. Credit hours : (Lecture: 2 hours, Exercises: 2 hours) 3 credit hours

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and Information

Program (B. Sc.)

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Eng. Moustafa Reda

AbdALLAH Eltantawi

6- Level/year at which this course is offered : 3rd

level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : None

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None

9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science in Az-Zulfi

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80%

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10%

D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10%

Comments :

1. Four-fifth of the course is introduced mainly inside well equipped traditional classrooms. So the

student will be taught, in a tidy robust way, the main core of the course.

2. One-tenth of the course is conducted with a video conference. This mode will allow the student to

skip the fear-threshold of scientific interaction.

3. One-tenth of the course is presented orally in free discussion, within workgroups, at the traditional

classrooms or/and library. This will upgrade the students skills in presentations of his ideas and

scientific thoughts, and encourage him for continuous looking of new up-to-date information.

4. The 2nd

and 3rd

modes of instructions makes the students feel "involved" in the discussions, rather

than simply being outside spectators.

B. Objectives

B.1 What is the main purpose for this course?

The current course introduces the basic concepts of logic and its tools. The student will study

Propositional Logic. He will recognize and be familiar with the logic connectives, their truth tables,

and use them to form complicated statements including conditions and equivalence. This will be a

robust start to understand the IF-statement in programming languages. He will be able to transform

the complicated statements to symbols and vice versa and modeling logic expressions as electronic

circuits depending on the series and parallel properties of the AND and OR connectives/gates

respectively. Also, he will learn effectively to perform the negation processes especially in presence

of quantifiers. In Set Theory the student will study the set operations analytically and using Venn

Diagrams. In the Theory of Proofs he will be able to apply direct and indirect proofs, e.g.

mathematical induction and contradiction. Moreover, the student will learn the basic concepts of

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 22

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Functions, Sequences, and Relations; The remaining of the course, which is the most important part

is concerned with Graph and Trees Theories. The student will be capable of achieving Graph Models,

Manipulating Graph Terminology, representing graphs in Lists and Matrices, understanding Euler

and Hamilton Paths and efficiently applying them in important applications as Shortest-Path-

Problems and Graph Coloring. Handling Trees topics, the student will be able to construct Spanning

Trees, find The Minimum Spanning Tree/Network from a given weighted Graph. Finally, the student,

in a complete easy and Clarified efficient algorithm, will be able to construct the Huffman Code.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented :

4. Updating the study material of the course in order to incorporate the new research in the field.

5. Use online resources and animations to help students to enhance knowledge about the topics

that are presented in the course.

C. Course Description

C.1 Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1) Propositional Logic: Atomic propositions. Truth values. Logical Connectives and their truth tables: Negation, Conjunction, Disjunction, De Morgan's Laws, Implication, Equivalence. Logical Circuits. Logical Quantifiers and their negation. Priority and Precedence. Tautologies, Contradictions, and contingencies.

4 16

2) Set Theory: Basic Set Concepts. Venn Diagrams and Set Operations. Cardinal Numbers and Surveys. Infinite Sets and Their Cardinalities.

1 4

3) Proofs: Direct Proofs, and Counterexamples. Mathematical Induction. 2 8 4) Functions, Sequences, and Relations: Domain, Codomain, Range. Hash Functions. Sequences and Strings. Binary relations. Domain and Range. Equivalence Relations.

2 8

5) Graph Theory and Introduction to Trees: Basic Concepts and Definitions. Representations of Graph using the Lists and the Matrices. Euler's Path and Circuit. Hamilton's Path and Circuit. Weighted Graph and Travelling Sale's Man Problem. Applications: Coloring Theorem. Trees: Definitions. Spanning Trees. Application: Huffman's Code

6 24

C.2 Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 30 .......... ........ .......... 60

Credit 30 15 .......... ........ .......... 45

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 23

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

C.3 Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week. 5 Hours

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes: reading carefully the topics in

the textbook or reference book, browsing the websites that are concerned with the course, solving the

exercises that are assigned in each chapter, discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office

hours, watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics worldwide.

*The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work hours

C.4 Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment

with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Describe the problem in a formal manner. Developing

basic

communicative

ability through:

- Lecturing,

- Team work,

- Oral Discussion.

-Quizzes,

-Web search,

-Graded

homework,

-Class

Participation,

-Midterms and

Final Exams,

1.2 Recognize different methods to attack a problem.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Analyze, and reconstruct problem and explain how to

solving it. Lectures

Exercises

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

Presentations

Brainstorming

Class

Participation

Essay Question

Presentation

Research

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Demonstrate the feasibility of an applied solution/plan Small group

discussions

Whole group

discussions

Brainstorming

Presentations.

Written Exam

Web search and

writing reports.

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

3.2 Use the available commercial software systems/packages in

application to the suggested solution/plan.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Team working skills: cooperative working in groups inside

the class, or/and efficient participation in take-home-

assignments.

Small group

discussions

Whole group

Written Exam

Web search and

writing reports.

Lab assignments 4.2 Oral Skills: free discussions save the students' time and

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 24

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

allow them to feel "involved" in the discussion, rather than

simply being outside spectators.

discussions

Brainstorming

Presentations

Class Activities

Quizzes

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 N/A

C.5 Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

Class Activities:

30%

Homework assignments, Oral discussions Weekly

Written summary reports through web search 3, 7, 9, 13

Class participation in solving problems Weekly

Take-home-exams 5, 11

Project groups 5, 10

Quizzes 2, 4, 8, 14

2 First Exam 6 15 %

3 Second Exam 12 15 %

4 Final Exam 16 40 %

Total 100%

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 25

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)

1. Office hours: Tuesday: 10-13, Wednesday: 10-13.

2. Office call: Thursday 12-14.

3. E-mail: [email protected] is permanently available.

E. Learning Resources

E.1 List Required Textbooks :

Richard Johnsonbaugh; "Discrete Mathematics"; 7th Edition; Prentice Hall; 2009.

E.2 List Essential References Materials : 1. Robert Blitzer; Thinking Mathematically; 4th Edition; Prentice Hall; 2008.

2.Steven G. Krantz; The Elements of Advanced Mathematics; 2nd Edition; Chapman & Hall/CRC;

2002.

3.Steven Roman; An Introduction to Discrete Mathematics; 2nd Edition; HBJ Publishers and its

subsidiary, Academic Press;1989.

E.3 List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

Susanna S. Epp, Discrete Mathematics with Applications , 4th Edition, Brooks Cole, 2010

E.4 List Electronic Materials :

1]http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-304-undergraduate-seminar-in-discrete-mathematics-

spring-2006/

2] http://www.freebookcentre.net/Mathematics/Discrete-Mathematics-Books.html

E.5 Other learning material :

CD is available for the book: Thinking Mathematically; Robert Blitzer; 4th Edition; Prentice Hall;

2008.

Video lectures, Presentations, and a complete electronic course are available.

F. Facilities Required

F.1 Accommodation

Classroom and Lab, as those that are available at college of science at Az Zulfi.

F.2 Computing resources

Smart board

F.3 Other resources: None

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 26

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

G.1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Analysis of students’ results.

Observation during class work.

Students’ evaluations. & Colleagues’ evaluations.

Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.

Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.

G.2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor :

A department committee is established to be responsible for the development of the strategies of

Teaching through:

Self-assessment. & External evaluation.

Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).

G.3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training courses

G.4 Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Reviewing instructor's assessment strategy

Designing assessments which allow students to demonstrate their achievement of the learning

outcomes

Common assessment tasks

Assessing group work

G.5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and

planning for improvement :

Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.

Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.

Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules commission.

Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept up with

developments in the field.

Make use of the statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve and develop

the course.

Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is taught and receive

suggestions and study their effectiveness.

Course Specification Approved Department Official Meeting No (6) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head

Name : Dr. Moustafa Reda

AbdALLAH Eltantawi

Name : Assoc. Prof. Yousry Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 22/12/ 1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 27

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Calculus (1)

MATH 212

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 28

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

4. 1 - Course title: Calculus 1 Course Code: MATH 212

2. Credit hours : 3 (3+0+0)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Department of Computer Science

4 – Course Language : English

5. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr.Abd El-Monem

Megahed

6. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : Level 3

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : PMATH 127

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : .............................................................

9 - Location if not on main campus : Main Campus , Zulfi city

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 85 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) What percentage? ……. %

D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 15 %

Comments :

...........................................................................................................

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? Study of main concepts of Calculus as follows:

1. Introduces specific tools for analysis and verification and a practical framework for understanding

important computing ideas.

2. Furnishes procedures, and processes to describe a mathematical result in everyday terms.

3. Describes and defines mathematical models that explain and express physical phenomenon, chemical

reaction, and even commercial, social, and political relations.

4. Constructs calculus tools that create well developed accurate solutions.

5. Verifies independent critical thinking and problem solving skills

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented :

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 29

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

1. Cooperate with other educational institutions to find how they deal with the subject.

2. Re- new the course references frequently.

3. Frequently check the latest discovery in science to improve the course objectives.

4. The course needs the use of computers.

5. Posting some course material on the websites to help the students.

6. Focusing on generic skills.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

i. Definitions, Domain, Range, Mathematical Modeling, Composition,

boundedness, Equality, Intervals of Increase and Decrease, Piecewise-

defined functions, Symmetric and Homogenous Functions.

ii. Classification, Important types, Graphs and Related Properties, Algebraic

Operations on the graph. The Inverse: Conditions and Tests of Existence,

Principal Branches, Analytical and Graphical Determination of the inverse.

iii. Indeterminate Forms (0* ∞-∞): Definitions, Concepts, Related

Theorems, and Evaluations, Definitions of Continuity and Discontinuity

3 9

i. Basic Concepts; Change; Average of Change and Rate of Change.

Algebraic and Geometrical meanings. ii. Elementary Functions: Power

Function, Trigonometric Function and their Inverse, Hyperbolic Functions

and their Inverse. And regarding : Graph, Domain, Range, Symmetry,

Periodicity.

4 12

i. General derivatives: Implicit Differentiation, Parametric Differentiation

and the Chain Rule.

ii. Important theorems: Definitions and importance of: Roll’s, Mean Value,

Maclurin's, Taylor's and L’Hopital Theorems.

iii. Geometric applications: Curve tracing, Polar Coordinates, Famous polar

curves.

4 12

Introduction & Basic Concepts and Properties. Notable Remarks. Tables Of

Standard Integration (All Elementary Functions), Basic Forms, Various

Skills Using Algebraic Relations to obtain different forms of the solution of

the same problem.

2 6

Completing a perfect square, Partial Fractions, By-Parts, Substitutions. 2 6

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 30

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 15 - - - 45

Credit 2 1 - - - 3

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 6

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1

Recognize, indicate and discuss the rate of growth/decay of any

relation. Classify, and convert relations from one domain to

another to reproduce new adequate form that clearly match a

solution. Summarize procedures, processes and describe the

mathematical results. Distinguish the importance of the different

terms in a given relation

Start each chapter by

general idea and the

benefit of it.

Demonstrate the

course information

and principles

through lectures.

Exams

Midterms

Final

examination.

1.2

Outline the logical thinking. Analyze the problem, plan for the

solution, develop the solution(s), and justify these solution(s).

Manage and compile the effects of quantities that can never be

directly evaluated

Provide main ways

to deal with the

exercises.

Home work.

1.3

State the physical problems by mathematical method. . Practice

how to apply and manipulate carefully the physical or/and

geometric conditions on a set of variables to sketch the locus of

these variables. Prepare and sketch clear illustrative graphs that

Solve some examples

during the lecture.

Continuous

discussions with

the students

during the

lectures.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 31

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

demonstrate and measure the behavior of complicated relations

with time or/and location(s). Sketch Flowcharts or/and apply

Pseudo code to modify computer program(s) that execute the

solution(s) of the manipulated problem(s). Acquire teamwork

communications skills, e.g. Lead and motivate individuals. Able

to work in stressful environment and within constraints

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1

The students will explain and interpret a general knowledge of

Calculus

Encourage the

student to look for

some complicated

problems in the

different references.

Midterm exams

Quizzes.

2.2

Enable students to analyses the mathematical problems. Ask the student to

attend lectures for

practice solving

problem.

Doing

homework.

Check the

problems

solution.

2.3

Student's ability to write physical equations in a correct

mathematical way.

Homework

assignments.

Discussion of

how to simplify

or analyses some

problems.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1

The student should illustrate how take up responsibility. Ask the students to

search the internet

and use the library.

Encourage them

how to attend

lectures regularly by

assigning marks for

attendance.

Quizzes of some

previous lectures.

Ask the absent

students about

last lecture.

3.2

Must be shown the ability of working independently and with

groups.

Teach them how to

cover missed lectures.

Give students tasks of

duties

Discussion

during the

lecture.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 32

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1

The student should illustrate how to communicating with: Peers,

Lecturers and Community.

Creating working

groups with peers to

collectively prepare:

solving problems and

search the internet for

some topics.

Discussing a

group work

sheets.

4.2

The student should interpret how to Know the basic

mathematical principles using the internet.

Give the students

tasks to measure

their: mathematical

skills, computational

analysis and problem

solving.

Discuses with

them the results

of computations

analysis and

problem

solutions.

4.3

The student should appraise how to Use the computer skills and

library.

Encourage the

student to ask for

help if needed.

Give homework's

to know how the

student

understands the

numerical skills.

4.4

The student should illustrate how to Search the internet and

using software programs to deal with problems.

Encourage the

student to ask good

question to help solve

the problem.

Give them

comments on

some resulting

numbers.

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable

5.2 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

Midterm 1 5th

week 15 %

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 33

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2

Midterm 2 10th

week 15 %

3

Homework + reports During the

semester

10 %

4

Final exam End of semester 60%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support 1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)

1- 6-office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.

2- The contact with students by e-mail , mobile, office telephone and website.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks - Schaum Mathematics Books (Calculus)

2. List Essential References Materials : ) Calculus And Its Applications. David J. Ellenbogen. Addison Wesley, 2007 James Stewart

Brooks/Cole Publishing Company.

2) Calculus with Applications Margaret L. Lial Addison-Wesley .2004., Calculus with Analytic :

James Stewart., Houghton Mifflin Company .,7th Edition, 2002

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

Same as mention above

.............................................................

............................................................

4. List Electronic Materials : http://www.arxiv.org//

http://www.lms.ac.uk/

http://www.ams.org/

http:// mathforum.org/advanced/

http://www.ingentaconnect.com/ content/

http://www.zentrablblatt-math.org/ zmath/en/

http://www.ma.hw.ac.uk 5. Other learning material

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 34

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

- The size of the hall must be proportionate to the number of students etc.)

- Provide enough seats for students

2. Computing resources

1- Hall is equipped with a computer

2- Provide a display projectors and peripherals

3- Smart board and accessories

3. Other resources

.............................................NO................

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Student evaluation electronically organized by the University.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : 1- The colleagues who teach the same course discuss together to evaluate their teaching

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Course report, Program report and Program self-study.

- A tutorial lecture must be added to this course. 4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic

exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)

The instructors of the course are checking together and put a unique process of evaluation

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement 1-The following points may help to get the course effectiveness:

* Student evaluation.

* Course report.

* Program report.

* Program self-study.

2- According to point 1 the plan of improvement should be given

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 35

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No (‎…..‎)‎Date …‎/‎….‎/‎…..‎H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr.Abd El-Monem

Megahed Name : Prof: Adel Zaki

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 36

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Physics (2)

PHY 217

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 37

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information:

7. 1 - Course title : General Physics II Course Code: PHYS 217

2. Credit hours : 3(2 + 2 + 0)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Bachelor of Science (B.S)

4 – Course Language : English

8. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Mohd. Shakir

Khan

9. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 3rd

Level / 2nd

Year

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : PPHS 128

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : NIL

9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science, Al-Zulfi

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 70%

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10%

C - e-learning … What percentage? …….

D - Correspondence … What percentage? …….

E - Other √ What percentage? 20%

Comments :

The mode of instructions divided in parts, traditional classroom, online teaching and

other (experimental setup and analysis).

B. Objectives:

What is the main purpose for this course? To study the basic laws of electrostatics, current electricity, magnetic effect of current,

electromagnetic induction, alternating current, sound and optics.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course

that are being implemented: The contents of the syllabus should be updated

periodically and increase the use of IT during the interaction with students.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 38

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

C. Course Description:

1. Topics to be covered (Theory):

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

Electric charge, The electric current, Insulators and conductors,

Coulomb’s law, Point charge, The potential of point charges

1 2

The electric field, Electric field of multiple point charges, Electric

potential, The electric potential of many charges

1 2

The electric field of continuous charge distribution, current

density, examples of various shapes (disks, rings, spheres, planes)

1 2

Capacitor and Capacitance, Energy stored in a capacitor, The

parallel plate capacitor

1 2

Electric dipole, The potential of dipole, motion of point charge

and electric dipole in electric field, Electric flux

1 2

Gauss's law, Application of Gauss's law, Conductor in

electrostatic equilibrium

1 2

Fundamental circuits, Ohm's law, Series resistors, Parallel

resistors, Batteries, Conductivity and resistivity

1 2

Kirchhoff's laws, RC circuits, Magnetism and magnetic force,

source of magnetic fields

1 2

Magnetic field of current, Magnetic dipoles, Ampere's law and

solenoids, The magnetic force on a moving charge, the magnetic

force on a current-carrying wire

1 2

Forces and torques on current loops, Induced current, Motional

emf, Magnetic flux.

1 2

Lenz's law, Faraday's law, Induced fields and EM waves 1 2

inductors, LC circuits, LR circuits, AC circuits and phasor 1 2

Capacitors in AC circuits, RC filter circuits, Inductor circuits,

The RLC circuits, Power in AC circuits

1 2

Sound, The nature of light and the laws of geometric optics,

Image formation

1 2

Interference of light waves, Diffraction patterns and polarization 1 2

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 39

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2. Topics to be covered (Practical):

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

Introduction and instructions about the laboratory. 1 2

To verify Ohm’s Law. 1 2

To determine the value of an unknown resistance. 1 2

To verify the law of parallel combination of resistors. 1 2

To verify the law of series combination of resistors. 1 2

Measuring the charging and discharging curve of a capacitor. 1 2

Determining the time constant and the capacitance of the

capacitor.

1 2

To determine the resonance frequency f0 by recording the

resonance curve.

1 2

To determine the band width and quality factor Q & To determine

the inductance value L of a coil.

1 2

Parallel plate capacitor 1 2

Verification of Kirchhoff’s low 1 2

Velocity of sound in air and solids 1 2

Seminar/ Presentation 1 2

3. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other Total

Contact

Hours 30 ............ 26 ............ ............ 56

Credit 2 ............ 1 ............ ............ 3

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 40

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

5. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy:

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Describe the basic laws of

electrostatics, current electricity,

and magnetic effect of current,

electromagnetic induction,

alternating current, sound and

optics.

Lecturing through

power point

presentation and

traditional method

using white board.

Exercises

Home work

Group Discussions

Quizzes

Mid-term

exams

Final exam

1.2 Define Coulomb’s law to calculate

electro-static force and Gauss’s

law to calculate electric field and

Ohm’s law to measure voltage,

current and resistance.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Apply the gained mathematical

and experimental knowledge in

any physical phenomena to

understand its behavior.

Lecturing

Individual meeting

with students to

encourage them

Group task

Home work

Evaluation of

lab reports

Practical

exam

Viva-voce

2.2 Solve the numerical problems with

confidence. Lecturing through

power point

presentation and

traditional method

using white board

Exercises

Home work

Quizzes

Numericals

Mid-term

exams

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 41

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

Solving Numericals Final exam

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in a group and learn time

management.

Discussion with students

to make them aware

about time management

for completion of their

assignments.

Counsel students that

how to make a good

presentation.

Encourage students to

work in a group

Group presentations /

assignments

Presentation

Quizzes

Discussions

3.2 Present a short report in a written

form and orally using appropriate

scientific methods.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Ask questions with teacher in the

class, solve problems, and use

computers.

Lecturing

Encourage students to

use program software

for drawing graphs,

writing reports etc.

Quizzes

Lab Report/

Presentation

writing

Home work

4.2 Students should be able to use

computer tools in class.

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 N/A

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 42

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:

S. No. Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1. First Exam* 6 20%

2. Second Exam* 11 20%

3. Lab Exam 14 20%

4. Presentation One per semester ….........

5. Home work Every week ….........

6. Quizzes, Report/ Presentation writing One per semester ………..

7. Discussions Three per

semester ………..

8. Tutorials Every sub topic ............

9. Computer tools used For every report

and presentation ..........

10. Final Exam* End of the

semester

40%

Total 100%

*First exam, second exam and final exam are written exam.

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support: Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student

consultations and academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are

expected to be available each week).

Five office hours per week

E. Learning Resources:

1. List Required Textbooks :

Physics for scientists and engineers; Raymond A. Serway and John W.

Jewett; Cengage Learning; 9th edition; (2013).

2. List Essential References Materials :

College Physics; Raymond A. Serway and Chris Vuille; Cengage Learning; 9th

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 43

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

edition; (2011).

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material:

Physics; John D. Cutnell and Kenneth W. Johnson; John Wiley & Sons; 9th

edition; (2012).

4. List Electronic Materials :

http://demonstrations.wolfram.com

http://askthephysicist.com

http://cyberphysics.co.uk

http://faculty.mu.edu.sa/mskhan

5. Other learning material :

Excel software for drawing graphs.

MS Office for writing reports and presentations.

F. Facilities Required: 1. Accommodation :

Lecture room, a smart board to write on and computer, white board, General

Physics II lab.

2. Computing resources :

Computer and internet lab

3. Other resources :

Library, Seminar Room, and Wi-Fi internet connections.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes: 1. Strategies‎for‎Obtaining‎Students’‎Feedback‎to‎the‎Effectiveness‎of‎Teaching:

Students’ evaluation electronically organized by the University.

Survey

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

There is a department committee.

Survey

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

Course report

Program report

Training Courses

4.‎Processes‎for‎Verifying‎Standards‎of‎Students’‎Achievements: Efficiency of course will be reflected on the results of the class, which reviewed by

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 44

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

members of the teaching staff in addition with other duties such as discussing ideas

and ways of teaching and learning. The course should be developed periodically to

ensure that it contains latest developments in the field of study. The developments

could be put as an objective in the report of the course to be achieved in each

semester.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Course Evaluation

Exam Evaluation

Improvement plan

Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No (13) Date 27 / 05 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Mohd. Shakir Khan Name : Dr. Thamer Alharbi

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 45

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Technical English

ENG 210

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 46

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Technical English Course Code: ENG 210

2. Credit hours : 2 Credit Hours (Lecture: 2 Hrs. + Exercises: Zero Hrs.)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and

Information (B. Sc.)

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Eng. Moustafa

Reda AbdALLAH

Eltantawi

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 3rd Level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : None

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None

9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science in Az-Zulfi (Main Campus)

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply) A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 60.00%

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10.00%

D - e-learning What percentage? …….‎%

E - Correspondence What percentage? …….‎%

F - Other √ What percentage? 30.00%

Comments :

1. Three-fifth of the course is introduced mainly inside well equipped traditional classrooms. So the student

will be taught, in a tidy robust way, the main core of the course.

2. One-tenth of the course is conducted with a video conference. This mode will allow the student to skip

the fear-threshold of scientific interaction.

3. Three-tenth of the course is presented orally in free discussion, and Listening to videos embedded in the

course, will equipped labs. This will upgrade the students skills in listening and conversation, and will

encourage him for continuous improvement.

The 2nd and 3rd modes of instructions makes the students feel "involved" in the discussions, rather than

simply being outside spectators.

B. Objectives

B.1 What is the main purpose for this course?. The current course includes topics that reflect the latest developments in information technology, making

them immediately relevant to students' needs. The purpose of this course is to enable the student to:

1.Enable computer science students to acquire technical and professional communication skills.

2.Developing students’ understanding and use of language in spoken and written communication.

3.Use appropriate language in professional writings; making appropriate grammatical and lexical choices;

writing effectively with a focus on content, form and language.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 47

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4.Engage in both individual and group work to write a professional resume and business letters.

5.Write a perfect technical proposal workplace and make technical oral presentations.

6.Achieve and conduct effective workplace interviews B2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : IT

a. Use of Smart/Interactive Board. & b. Use of DBS Smart system.

c. Applications of e-Learning.

Material 1.Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.

2.Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

3.Increasing the ability of the students to implement -on the computer selected assignments that

are presented in the course.

C.1 Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1) Unit One: Working in the IT Industry: Meeting people. Jobs in IT. Schedules. Abbreviations. Business matters.

2

4

2) Unit Two: Computer Systems: Computer Hardware. Computer Software. Working with computers. Computer Usage. Business

matters.

2

4

3) Unit Three: Websites: Website Purpose. Types of Website. Website analytics. Website development (step-by-step). The

best websites. Business matters.

2

4

4) Unit Four: Databases: Database Basics. Database Processing. Data Storage and Backup. Database System Benefits.

Business matters.

2

4

5) Unit Five: E-Commerce: E-commerce Companies. E-commerce Features. Transaction Security. Online Transaction. Business

matters.

2

4

6) Unit Six: Network Systems: Types of Networks. Networking Hardware. History of Networking. Network Range and Speed.

Business matters.

2

4

7) Unit Seven: IT Support: Fault Diagnosis. Software Repair. Hardware Repair. Customer Services. Business matters.

2

4

C.2 Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact Hours 30 --- --- --- --- 30

Credit 30 --- --- --- --- 30

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 48

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

C.3 Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week.

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:

Reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

Browsing the websites that are concerned with the course,

Solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,

Discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

Watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 45 + 6 * 15 = 135 work hours.

C.4 Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with

Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge 1.1 Recognize and Describe the meaning of technical abbreviations, terms, and

expressions.

Developing basic

communicative ability

through:

- Lecturing,

- Team work,

- Oral Discussion,

Home Assignments

Quizzes,

- Web search,

Graded

homework,

Class

Participation,

Midterm and

Final Exams

2.0 Cognitive Skills 2.1 Familiarity with new Software products terminology. Lectures

Exercises

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

Presentations

Brainstorming

Class

Participation

Essay

Question

Presentation

Research

2.2 Familiarity with new Hardware components specifications.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility 3.1 Safe and Precise use of new available commercial software and of new

educational computer systems.

Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Web search and

writing reports.

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical 4.1 Team working skills: cooperative working in groups inside the class, or/and

efficient participation in take-home-assignments. Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Web search and

writing reports.

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

4.2 Oral Skills: free discussions save the students' time and allow them to feel

"involved" in the discussion, rather than simply being outside spectators.

5.0 Psychomotor 5.1 NA

6 Hrs.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 49

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

C.5 Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

Class Activities:

30.00%

Homework assignments, Oral discussions Weekly

Written summary reports through web search 3, 7, 9, 13

Class participation in solving problems Weekly

Take-home-exams 5, 11

Project groups 5, 10

Quizzes 2, 4, 8, 14

2 First Written Exam 6 15 %

3 Second Written Exam 12 15 %

4 Final Exam 16 40 %

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and academic

advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)

1. Office hours: Sunday: 10-13, Thursday: 10-13. & 2. Office call: Wed 12-14

3. E-mail: [email protected] is permanently available.

E. Learning Resources E.1 List of Required Textbooks :

Maja Olejniczak; “English for Information Technology”; Pearson Longman; 2012.

E.2 List of Essential References Materials : 1.Norma D. Mullen; “English for Computer Science”; revised updated Edition ; Oxford University press;

March 1988; ISBN-10: 0194376559;ISBN-13: 978-0194376556.

2.Iris Eisenbach; “English for Materials Science and Engineering”; Vieweg and Teubner; 2011; Print ISBN

978-3-8348-0957-5; Online ISBN 978-3-8348-9955-2.

E.3 List of Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : 1. Nell Ann Pickett, Ann Appleton Laster , Katherine E. Staples; “Technical English: Writing, Reading and

Speaking”; Longman; 8th Edition; August 18, 2000; ISBN-10: 0321003527 - ISBN-13: 978-0321003522

2. Williams I; “English for Science and Engineering Student's Book”; Heinle; 2006; ISBN-10:

1413020917 ; ISBN-13: 9781413020915.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 50

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

E.4 List Electronic Materials : Lectures as videos.

E.5 Other learning material : A CD is available with the Text Book.

F. Facilities Required F.1 Accommodation

Lecture rooms are well equipped with:

air conditioned with at least 20 adequate seats.

Interactive/smart Board.

Up-to-date projector.

An Auditorium is well equipped with:

Air conditioned with at least 100 adequate seats.

Interactive/smart Board.

pU-ot-roo Udtp eotd.

F.2 Computing resources Personal computer with necessary up-to-date software.

DBS Smart Systems.

Interactive Board.

Laptop.

F.3 Other resources: 1. Colored Printer (needed)

2. Central laser-Printer, and Scanner.

3. Wall Boards (are essentially needed.)

4. Internet inside the classroom (missed.)

5. Library: Up to date scientific books, in the library.

6. Wi-Fi and internet connections are available inside the teaching staff rooms, and the seminar room.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes G.1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the

University.

Students-faculty management meetings.

G.2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : A department committee is established to be responsible for the development of the strategies of Teaching

through:

Discussions within the staff member teaching the course.

Departmental internal review of the course.

G.3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Availability of all the tools that facilitate the education process considering both the students and staff, through:

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 51

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Providing the computer labs with up-to-date computers and software.

Conducting and attending workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training Courses.

G.4 Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Efficiency of course will be reflected on the results of the class, so reviewing the final exam questions and a

sample of corrected papers is essential. This could be achieved by members of the teaching staff (or/and

external reviewers) in addition to other duties such as discussing ideas and ways of teaching and learning. The

course should be developed periodically to ensure that it contains the latest developments in the field of study.

Development could be put as an objective in the report of the course to be achieved each semester.

G.5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : 1- Course Evaluation

2- Exam Evaluation

3- Improvement plan

4- Program Outlearning with course outlearning

5- Outlearning from the pre-requisite course

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H Course’s Coordinator Department Head

Name : Dr. Eng. Moustafa Reda

AbdALLAH Eltantawi Name : Prof. Yousry Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 52

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Courses Description

Level 4

Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Lec. Course Name Course Code

CSI 211 3 0 2 2 Programming 2 CSI 221

CSI 212 2 0 0 2 Disc. Math For CS 2 CSI 222

MATH 212 3 1 0 3 Calculus 2 MATH 220

PHYS 217 3 0 2 2 Dig. Logic Design CSI 223

--- 3 0 0 3 Fund. of Inf. Systems CSI 224

--- 2 0 0 2 General Chemistry CHEM 225

16 Total

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 53

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Programming (2)

CSI 221

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 54

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

10. 1 - Course title : Programming 2 Course Code: CSI 221

2. Credit hours : 3 credit hours (2 lecture + 2 Laboratory)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and

Information Program

4 – Course Language : English

11. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Wael Khedr

12. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 4th

level – 2014/2015

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) :

Programming 1 ( CSI 211 )

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) :

None

9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at AzZulfi

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning √ What percentage? 10 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? …….‎%

F - Other What percentage? …….‎%

Comments :

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course?

The main objectives of the course are:

1. Learn the pointer and relation with array, in C++. And how to use pointers vs array into

programming.

2. Understand/Apply class data type with its constructor, destructor, and using objects of classes

into the structure of programs.

3. Understand/Apply inheritance, and how to inherited classes.

4. Understand/Apply polymorphism on Object Oriented programming.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : Using Dev C++ programming language or Visual C++ Package .

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 55

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. A review of control structures and data types with

emphasis on structured data types and array processing,

review syntax of functions and primitive data types.

2 8

2. Introduction to input / output file streams. 1 4

3. Array of pointers

1 4

4. Introduce to the object-oriented programming paradigm,

focusing on the definition and use of classes along with the

fundamentals of object-oriented design

2 8

5. Class and method (constructor, overloading , method)

2 8

6. Pointers and Iterators 2 8

7. Class Inheritance 2 8

8. Polymorphism 1 4

9. Exception Handling 2 8

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 30 - - - 60

Credit 30 15 - - - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for 5

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 56

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

students per week.

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:

reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

browsing the websites that concerned with the course,

solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,

discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics

worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5* 15 = 135 work hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Students will have a skills for upgrade their simple programs in C++. Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

1.2 Students will have an understanding of programming based on object ,

and complex programming.

1.3 Students will understand the concepts of and techniques used in C++

programming like classes, polymorphism.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Apply C++ program structure and the VC++ object. Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Brainstorming

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

2.2 Students will be able to analyze programming problems .

2.3 Students will learn to think about life solutions by programming

skills.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in a group and learn time management Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

3.2 Learn how to search for information through library and

internet..

3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally using

appropriate scientific language.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 57

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve problems, and

use computers.

Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Observations

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills to gather

information about a selected topic.

4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in groups, and

communicate with each other and with me electronically, and

periodically visit the sites I recommended.

5.0 Psychomotor

NA

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments After each

chapter

10%

5

Practical exam 15 10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

7

Total

100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours:

Office call:

Email:

Mobile:

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 58

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

C++: How To Program, 10th

edition, Deitel & Deitel, Prentice Hall , 2013.

2. List Essential References Materials : C++ Programming: From Problem Analysis to Program Design, 6th , D. De Malik, course

technology , 2012.

ISBN 978-1133626381

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : None

4. List Electronic Materials :

Determines as the course is going on.

5. Other learning material : Video and presentation are available with me

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classrooms for lectures which are featured to traditional education, e-learning, and

equipped with a computer, display device, data show screen, ordinary blackboard, smart

board, integrated sound system, proper lighting system, and proper conditioning system.

2. Computing resources Smart Board

3. Other resources None

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Analysis of students’ results.

Observation during work.

Students’ evaluations.

Colleagues’ evaluations.

Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.

Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 59

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Self-assessment.

External evaluation.

Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of the course.

Guidelines about course teaching provided by the by study plans commission.

Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of direct

observation.

Training and development.

Workshops to improve the educational process.

4 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.

Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.

Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules Commission.

Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept up with

developments in the field.

Make use of statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve and develop

the course.

Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is taught and receive

suggestions and study their effectiveness.

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s‎Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Wael Khedr Name : Dr. Yousry Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 22/12 /1435 H Date : 22/12 /1435 H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 60

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Discrete Mathematics for Computer

Science (2)

CSI 222

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 61

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Discrete Mathematics for

Computer Science (2) Course Code: CSI 222

2. Credit hours : 2 Credit hours (2 lectures)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hassan Aly

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 4th

level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Discrete Mathematics for Computer Science (1) – CSI 212

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at AzZulfi

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? 5 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other What percentage? 5 %

Comments :

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? 1.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 1. Using group discussion

2. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

3. Encourage students to learn the benefits of this course to be engaged in other applications.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 62

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Number Theory: Divisibility and Euclidean algorithms. Modular arithmetic, Fermat's and Euler's theorems, Chinese remainder theorem.

5 10

2. Concepts of Abstract Algebra: groups, rings, fields, Homomorphisms, Lagrange's theorem, Finite fields.

5 10

3. Automata Theory: Finite state machine, regular expressions, DFA, NDFA, and their equivalence, Grammars and Chomsky hierarchy.

5 10

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 - - - - 30

Credit 30 - - - - 30

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 3 Hours

The private self-study of the attending student is crucial for this course. It includes:

reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

implementing security algorithms using C++ ,

browsing the websites that concerned with the course,

solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,

discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 3 x 15 = 105 work hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 63

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Describe efficient basic number-theoretic algorithms,

including greatest common divisor, multiplicative inverse

mod n, and raising to powers mod n.

Lectures. Lab demonstrations. Case studies. Individual presentations.

Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes

1.2 Discuss the concepts of finite state machines and context

free grammar.

1.3 Define the basic algebraic structures: group, ring, and

field.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Apply the properties of natural numbers to computer applications.

Lectures. Lab demonstrations. Case studies. Individual presentations. Brainstorming.

Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes Observations

2.2 Convert among equivalently powerful notations for a

language, including DFAs, NFAs, and context free

grammars.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Solve problems in elementary number theory Small group discussions. Whole group discussions. Brainstorming. Presentations.

Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes

3.2 Design an efficient finite state machine to accept a specified language.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Compute without calculator. Small group discussions. Whole group discussions. Brainstorming.

Presentations.

Observations Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities

4.2 function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal.

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 64

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments After each

chapter 10%

5

Implementation of presented methods Every two

weeks 10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

7

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon. 10-12, Wed. 10-12

Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Wed 12-1

Email: [email protected]

Mobile: 0538231332

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Kenneth H. Rosen, “Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications”, Mcgraw-Hill

College, 2011.

2. List Essential References Materials : Ronald L. Graham, Donald E. Knuth, and Oren Patashnik, Concrete Mathematics: A

Foundation for Computer Science, Addison-Wesley Professional, 1995.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

Discrete Mathematics. 4. List Electronic Materials :

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 65

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

5. Other learning material :

Videos and presentations are available for the Coordinator

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classrooms and Labs as that available at college of science at AzZulfi are enough

2. Computing resources Smart Board

3. Other resources

N/A

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the

university.

Student-faculty management meetings.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course

Departmental internal review of the course.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training course.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students by others.

Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per semester.

Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course evaluation

Exam evaluation

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 66

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Improvement plan

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Hassan Aly Name : Dr Yosry Azzam.

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 67

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Calculus (2)

Math 220

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 68

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Calculus (2) Course Code: Math 220

2. Credit hours : 02

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Naveed Yaqoob

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered :

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Math 212

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : No

9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science, Al-Zulfi

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 10 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) What percentage? ……. %

D - e-learning √ What percentage? 60 %

E - Correspondence √ What percentage? 30 %

F - Other What percentage? ……. %

Comments :

...........................................................................................................

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course?

Students are expected to

improve their concepts about derivatives.

accurately solve the questions related to antiderivatives.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented :

N/A

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 69

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours A: Derivatives:

1. Basics of derivatives (product and quotient) 01 04

2. Derivatives of logarithmic, trigonometric and hyperbolic functions 03 12

B: Introduction to Integration: 01 04

1. Basics of integration and their properties 01 04

2. Fundamental theorems of calculus 01 04

3. Integrals of hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions 01 04

4. Integration methods: by substitution, by parts and by partial fractions 01 04

5. Definite integrals and their properties 01 04

C: Numerical Integration:

1. Trapezoidal rule 01 04

2. Polar coordinates – Areas using polar coordinates 02 08

Revision 02 08

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 6 ............ ............ ............ 36

Credit ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ .......

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 06

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 70

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Deepen students’ concepts Drilling Assignments

1.2 Improve students understanding and awareness. Imitation Quizzes

1.3 Expand students’ exposure to solve the problems Writing CW/HW

1.4 ................................................................... ................ ................

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Ability to think analytically and critically; Lectures Assignments

2.2 Ability to understand and analyze the mathematical problems Class discussion Quizzes

2.3 ................................................................... ................ ................

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Students can complete assignments in due time; Lectures Assignments

3.2 Students can actively and critically participate in class

activities; Class discussion Quizzes

3.3 Students can act responsibly and ethically in conducting their

work; Peer and group

discussion

CW/HW

3.4 Students can communicate, negotiate and evaluate their

strengths and weaknesses as team members. Speaking practice Mid Term

3.5 ................................................................... ................ ................

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical 4.1 ................................................................... ................ ................

4.2 ................................................................... ................ ................

4.3 ................................................................... ................ ................

4.4 ................................................................... ................ ................

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5.2 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5.3 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5.4 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5.5 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5.6 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 71

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

Assignments ................ 05

2

Participation ................ 05

3

Attendance ................ 05

4

Quizzes ................ 20

5

Mid Term ................ 25

6

Final Examination ................ 40

7

Total Marks ................ 100

8 ......................................................................... ................ ....................

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Available at office hours per week and reachable via email:

- Sunday from 08 a.m - 2:30 p.m.

- Monday from 10 a.m – 2:30 p.m

- Wednesday from 10 a.m – 2:30 p.m.

- Thursday from 10 a.m – 2:30 p.m.

-

[email protected]

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Calculus by Swokowski, Sixth Edition.

Calculus with analytic geometry by Larsen and Hostetler, 5th Edition.

............................................................

2. List Essential References Materials :

Calculus by Swokowski, Sixth Edition

.................... .........................................

............................................................

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

Calculus with analytic geometry by Larsen and Hostetler, 5th Edition.

4. List Electronic Materials :

Google

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 72

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

http://mathcity.org/bsc/notes_of_calculus_with_analytic_geometry

www.ilmikitabkhana.com

Laptop and Internet Connection in the classroom

5. Other learning material :

Find more and more website related to Calculus

.............................................................

............................................................

F. Facilities Required

1. Accommodation

Lecture room with speakers and internet access.

............................................................

2. Computing resources

Desktop or laptop with internet facility

............................................................

3. Other resources

Data show to facilitate going over students' papers in class

............................................................

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Weekly assignments

Class quizzes

Class participation

Positive use of website

Mid term exams

Final exams

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Cooperation of course coordinators

............................................................

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Training sessions.

Workshops to facilitate the exchange of experiences amongst faculty members

Regular meetings where problems are discussed and solutions are given

Discussion of problems faced in the classroom with colleagues and supervisors

Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 73

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Keeping up to date with pedagogical theory and practice

Update learning sources

. ............................................................

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Check marking of students' papers (those who believe they are under graded can have their

papers checked by a second reader).

............................................................

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

............................................................

............................................................

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No (‎…..‎)‎Date …‎/‎….‎/‎…..‎H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head

Name : Naveed Yaqoob Name : Prof. Dr. Adel Zak Ali Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 74

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Digital Logic Design

CSI 223

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 75

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Digital Logic Design Course Code: CSI-223

2. Credit hours : 3 credit hour ) (2 lecture + 2 Lab)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and Information

Program

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Yosry Azzam

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 4th

level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : General Physics (PHYS 217)

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None

9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at Az Zulfi

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? …….‎%

E - Correspondence What percentage? …….‎%

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

One-tenth of the course instruction is dedicated to students’ self-learning where they are asked to read the course

book, solve problems in their homes, and do experimental work using some dedicated SW programs that

simulate the real HW kits.

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? The course provides students with basic knowledge in: Binary Numbers, Octal and Hexadecimal

Numbers, Number Base Conversions, Complements, Signed Binary Numbers, Binary Codes;

Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates, Basic Definitions, Axiomatic Definition of Boolean Algebra,

Basic Theorems and Properties of Boolean Algebra, Boolean Functions, Canonical and Standard

Forms. Digital Logic Gates, Integrated Circuits, Transistor equivalent of Digital Logic Gates;

Gate-Level Minimization, The Map Method, Four-Variable Map, Five-Variable Map, Product of

Sums Simplification, Don't-Care Conditions, NAND and NOR Implementation, Exclusive-OR

Function; Combinational Logic, Combinational Circuits, Analysis Procedure, Design Procedure,

Binary Adder-Subtractor, Decimal Adder, Binary Multiplier, Magnitude Comparator, Decoders,

Encoders, Multiplexers; Sequential circuits: Latches and Flip flops, Sequential circuits analysis

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 76

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

and design, Finite state machines, Registers and Counters.

As so, the purpose of this course is to: 1- Study number systems and codes and their application to digital systems.

2- Apply Boolean algebra to the design and characterization of digital circuits.

3- Explain the mathematical characteristics of logical gates.

4- Apply truth tables, Boolean algebra, Karnaugh maps.

5- Implement design equations and procedures to design combinational systems consisting of gates.

6- Apply alternative techniques to simplify the design process.

7- Utilize decoders and multiplexers in the design of logic.

8- Design and describe the operation of basic memory elements.

9- Analyze the behaviour of sequential synchronous circuits.

10- Use registers and counters in the sequential circuits.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 6. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.

7. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

8. Increasing the ability of the students to implement and do experimental work using some dedicated

SW programs that simulate the real HW kits.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

Course Introduction

Introduction to digital systems and their applications 1 4

Binary systems 2 8

Boolean Algebra and logic gates 3 12

Gate Level Minimization 3 12

Combinational Logic 3 12

Synchronous Sequential Logic 3 12

3. Course components (total contact hours and credits per

semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 77

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Contact

Hours 30 - 30 - - 60

Credit 30 - 15 - - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 4

The private self-study of my students is crucial for this course. It includes:

reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,

browsing the websites that concerned with the course,

discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics

worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 4 * 15 = 120 work hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Gain knowledge and understand of Binary Systems, Boolean Algebra, Logic Gates, Canonical and standard forms and Gate level minimization.

Lectures Lab demonstrations Case studies Individual presentations

Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes

1.2 Demonstrate the use of number systems and codes as well as

explaining the mathematical characteristics of logical gates.

1.3 Gain knowledge of Combinational Logic, Storage elements,

and Sequential synchronous circuits.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Apply truth tables, Boolean algebra, Karnaugh maps, and

other methods to the design and characterization of digital

circuits as well as to obtain design equations and use them to

design combinational systems yielding innovative designs.

Lectures Lab demonstrations Case studies Individual presentations Brainstorming

Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes

2.2 Utilize decoders and multiplexers in the design of logic gates

and descriptions of the operation of basic memory elements.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 78

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

2.3 Analyze and design synchronous sequential circuits as well

as the use of registers and counters in these circuits.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Submit a group final project at the end of the semester that

involves the implementation of design theory, and the use of

a simulation package to develop a complex digital circuit.

Small group discussion Whole group discussion Brainstorming Presentation

Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes

3.2

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Participate and discuss during the lectures through team work activities and use of the internet to search for related topics

Small group discussion Whole group discussion Brainstorming Presentation

Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes

4.2

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5.2 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 5 %

4

Homework assignments

After Every

chapter 5 %

5

Final Lab Exam 15 20%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 79

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

7

Total

100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM

Office call: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM

Email: [email protected]

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

M. Morris Mano , Michael D. Ciletti , Digital Design: With an Introduction to the

Verilog HDL, 5th Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2012 M. Morris Mano and Charles R. Kime, Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals, 4th

Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2008

C. H. Roth, Fundamentals of Logic Design, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2004

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : M. Morris Mano and Charles R. Kime, Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals, 4th

Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2008

C. H. Roth, Fundamentals of Logic Design, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2004

4. List Electronic Materials :

Logic Gate Simulator.

5. Other learning material : http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CeD2L6KbtVM&list=PL018B3BB2E6FE781D

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mMKSKpF103A

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K6cj3NaUqyU

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classroom and Lab, as those that are available at college of science at Az Zulfi.

2. Computing resources Smart Board

3. Other resources

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 80

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Hardwired logic gate kits.

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the

faculty member on his personal site.

Student-faculty management meetings.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course

Departmental internal review of the course.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training course.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Comparison Graphs to indicate student achievements in comparison to other departments.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course evaluation

Exam evaluation

Improvement plan

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No (‎…..‎)‎Date …‎/‎….‎/‎…..‎H

Course’s‎Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam

Signature :

Signature :

.

Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 81

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Fundamentals of Course Code: CSI 224

Fundamentals of Information

Systems

CSI 224

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 82

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Information Systems

2. Credit hours : ( 3 Credit Hours ) (3 Lecture)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Zeiad El-Saghir

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th

Level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science at Az Zulfi )

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? …. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? …. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors

worldwide. The websites containing the required material are provided to the students.

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course?

The course provides an overview of the fundamentals of data and information

processing as they relate to meeting the needs of an organization. Also, it provides an

understanding of how information systems are used in organizations. These objectives

can be successfully achieved through the conduct of the following topics:

Basic Concepts of Systems: What are they, Why we need them, How are they

constructed, When and where are they used. Components of Information Systems,

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 83

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Levels and Types of Information Systems, Important illustrative examples of Real-life

practical Information Systems: DSS, ERP, Expert Systems, GUI, and Internet Portals.

Also, the course introduces system hardware, system software, Telecommunications

and networks and also provides an introduction to Databases.

By the end of the course, the student should be able to:

• Demonstrate why information systems are so vulnerable to damage, error, abuse

and quality problems.

• Comprehend the special measures required to ensure the reliability, availability,

and security of electronic commerce and the digital business processes.

• Describe the most important software quality assurance techniques.

• Enable students to be efficient in their work.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented :

9. Exams during the term with feedback provided to the students, so that

these examinations can help the overall learning process.

10. Using group discussions through the internet with course attending students.

11. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics in the field.

12. Help students to develop their knowledge about the topics that are presented in

the course.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Introduction to Information Systems:

Importance of information systems – Components of information 4 12

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 84

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

systems - IS Knowledge Framework for Business Professionals -

What does IS do for a business? - E-business use - Types of IS -

Developing IS Solutions - Ethical challenges of IT applications -

Challenges of IT Careers - Information systems model - IS

Activities – Case Studies.

2. Computer Hardware:

Calculating pre-computer - Next wave of computing –

Microcomputers - Computer System Categories – How to Choose

Computers - Input technologies - Speech Recognition Systems -

Storage Trade-Offs - Radio Frequency Identification.

3 9

3. Computer Software:

Types of software - Application software – System software -

Software classifications - Software Suites - Integrated Packages -

Software alternatives - Software Licensing - Popular Operating

Systems - Other types of system software - Programming

Languages - Web Languages - Web Services – Case Studies.

2 6

4. Data Resource Management:

Fundamental Data Concepts - Database Structures - Relational

Operations - Evaluation of Database Structures - Database

Development - Types of databases - Extracting Business

Knowledge from Data Warehouse (Data Mining) - DBMS Major

Functions - Database Interrogation - Database Maintenance -

Application Development – Case studies.

3 9

5. Telecommunications and Networks:

Network Concepts - Trends in Telecommunications - Open

Systems - Digital Network Technologies - Business Value of

Telecommunication Networks - The Internet - Internet Service

Provider - Popular uses of the Internet – Network Types -

Telecommunications Media - Wireless Technologies -

Telecommunications Processors - Telecommunications Software

3 9

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 85

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

- Network Topologies - Network Architectures & Protocols - OSI

& TCP/IP Models - Transmission Speeds - Switching

Alternatives – Case Studies.

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 45 ............ ............ ............ ............ 45

Credit 45 ............ ............ ............ ............ 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:

reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference books,

searching the websites that are concerned with the course,

solving the exercises that are assigned,

discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

watching video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics

worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 45 + 5 * 15 = 120 work

hours.

5. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 86

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.1 Explain how and why information systems are used

today, and how information systems are enabling

new forms of commerce between individuals,

organizations, and governments, and discuss

globalization and the role information systems has

played in this evolution.

Lectures

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Use some current technical concepts and practices,

and describe the current and emerging technologies

that enable new forms of communication,

collaboration, and partnering, and explain and

contrast how organizations develop and acquire

information systems and technologies.

Lectures

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Brainstorming

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Adhere to professional, ethical, legal, security, and

social issues and their responsibilities that are

related to information systems.

Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Function effectively on teams to accomplish a

common goal, and communicate effectively with a

range of audiences.

Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 ..........................NA........................................... .................. ..................

5.2 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 87

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group

discussion Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments After every

chapter 10%

5

Research about presented topics Every two

weeks 10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual

student consultations and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching

staff are expected to be available each week)

1. six office hours per week in the lecturer’s schedule.

2. The contact with students by e-mail, mobile, office telephone and website.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 88

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

O'Brien and MaraKas, George Marakas ; Introduction to Information Systems

(16th

Ed.) McGraw Hill, Business and Economics, 2012.

2. List Essential References Materials :

V. Rajaman; Analysis and Design of Information Systems; 2nd

Edition; PHI

Learning Pvt Ltd; Aug. 2004.

Ralph Stair and George Reynolds, “Fundamentals of Information Systems”,

Course Technology, 3rd Edition2005.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

ACM TRANSACTIONS ON INFORMATION SYSTEMS JOURNAL.

ENTERPRISE INFORMATION SYSTEMS JOURNAL.

EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS JOURNAL.

4. List Electronic Materials :

http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?branch=Comp

https://www.coursera.org/

5. Other learning material :

Video and presentations that available with the instructor.

F. Facilities Required

1. Accommodation

Classrooms and,

Library, as those that are available at the college of science at AzZulfi

2. Computing resources

Smart Board

3. Other resources

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 89

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

electronically organized by the university.

Student-faculty management meetings

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Discussion amongst the staff members teaching the course.

Departmental internal review of the course.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activities by senior faculty members.

Training course.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Instructors of the course make efforts to develop a unique process for student

evaluation and develop exams to assess the students.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Course evaluation

Exam evaluation

Improvement plan

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Zeiad El-Saghir Name : Associate Prof. Yosry Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 23 / 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 90

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

General chemistry

CHEM 225

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 91

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : General Chemistry Course Code: CHEM-225

2. Credit hours : (2 hrs)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science (B.Sc.)

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Ahmed Khamis

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th

Level/ 2nd

year

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Nil

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : Nil

9 - Location if not on main campus : (............................................................. )

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 70 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 20 %

D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 5 %

Comments :

...........................................................................................................

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course?

- Review the concepts of basic chemistry

- Explain interested examples of how chemistry applies to life

- Describe the atomic theory ,physical and chemical properties of matters

- Study the mole concept

- Study the chemical bonding

- Study atoms, molecules and ions

- Describe the chemical reactions

- Study the gases and their laws

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 92

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

- Study the liquid state

- Study acids and bases

- Study the chemical equilibrium

- Study acids and bases

- Study the thermochemistry

- Study the chemical kinetics

- Study an introduction to organic chemistry

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented :

1. Changes in content as a result of new research in the field.

2. Using new references.

3. Using web references.

4. Increase use of IT

5. Video material.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Atomic Theory 1 1

2. The mole concept 2 2

3. Chemical Bonding 1 1

4. Chemical formula and nomenclature 2 2

5. Chemical Reactions 1 1

6. Gases 1 1

7. Liquids 2 2

8. Acids and bases 1 1

9. Chemical Equilibrium 2 2

10. Thermochemistry 1 1

11. Chemical kinetics 1 1

12. Organic chemistry 1 1

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 93

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Contact

Hours

30 30

Credit 30 30

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 8 office hours + 10

hours self-study

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 - Describe the atomic theory ,physical and

chemical properties of matters Lectures

Solving

problems

Video tutorial

Discussion

Midterm

exams

Periodical

short quizzes

Discussion

and team

work

1.2 - Study the chemical bonding

1.3 - Study atoms, molecules and ions and mole

concept

1.4 - Describe the chemical reactions

1.5 - Study the gases and their laws

1.6 - Study the liquid state and acids and bases

1.7 - Study the chemical equilibrium, acids and

bases

1.8 - Study the thermochemistry and chemical

kinetics

1.9 - Study an introduction to organic chemistry

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Solving problems in chemistry Lectures

Discussion

Class

Participation

Presentation

Essay

Question

2.2 Solving practice exercises

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 94

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Solving practice exercises Lectures

Problem

solving

Group

Discussion

Class

Participation

Presentation

Essay

Question

3.2 Review questions

3.3 Review model answers

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions,

solve problems, and use computers. Exercises

Problem

solving

Essay

questions

Write reports

and power

point

presentation

Exercises

related to

specific topics

4.2 Illustrate deal.

4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in

groups, and communicate with each other.

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 Not applicable. .................. ..................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1 First Midterm 6th 20 %

2 Second Midterm 12th 20%

3 Review and oral presentation 12th 10 %

4 Group discussion and activities Every week 10%

5 Final written Examination 15th 40 %

6 First Midterm 6th 20 %

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 95

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

8 hours each week for student consultation and academic advice

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Chemistry, Raymond Chang, Tenth edition, 2010, Mc Graw Hil

Chemistry- Principles and reactions , Masterton, W.L. and Hurley, C.N. Third

edition, 1997, Saunders College Publishing

2. List Essential References Materials :

General Chemistry, McMurry, J. and Robert, F. International Edition 2009.

General Chemistry, John W. Hill, Ralph H. Petrucci, Terry W. McCreary, and

Scott S. Perry., 4th

edition, 2005 , Pearson / Prentice Hall Publishing Company,

New Jersey.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

J. AOAC

J. Analytical chemistry

J. Organic Chemistry

4. List Electronic Materials : http://www.chemistry.ohio-state.edu

5. Other learning material :

Tutorial CD, video clips, Microsoft office, power point and active inspiration.

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Class rooms are well lightened and ventilated with enough space and chairs.

Laboratories are equipped with apparatus, instruments, material, and laboratory

facilities for laboratory tests and experiments.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 96

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2. Computing resources

Smart Board is available

Computers and internet are available for online study and video tutorials.

3. Other resources The course is theoretical only.

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Student evaluation about the course electronically organized by the University

Student satisfaction about the examination.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Department committee evaluation

Student satisfaction report about the course and examination

Internal reviewers reports

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Course report.

Program report.

Training Courses

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Efficiency of course will be reflected on the results of the class, which reviewed

by members of the teaching staff in addition to other duties such as discussing

ideas and ways of teaching and learning. The course should be developed

periodically to ensure that it contains the latest developments in the field of

study.

Development could be set as an objective in the report of the course to be

achieved each semester.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Course Evaluation

Exam Evaluation

Improvement plan depends on the students and internal viewer feedback.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 97

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No (‎…..‎)‎Date …‎/‎….‎/‎…..‎H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Ahmed Khamis Name : ..........................

Signature : Ahmed Khamis Salama

.

Signature : ..........................

Date : 1/ 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 98

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Courses Description

Level 5

Requisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code

CSI 221 3 0 2 2 Visual Programming CSI 311

CSI 221,

CSI 212

3 0 2 2 Data Structure CSI 312

CSI 223 3 0 2 2 Computer Organization and Assembly Language CSI 313

CSI 211 3 0 2 2 Database CSI 314

Math 220 3 1 0 3 Linear Alg. & Diff. Eq. MATH 310

-- 2 0 0 2 Elective Islamic Course 1 ISL ***

17

Total

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 99

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Visual Programming

CSI 311

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 100

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Visual Programming Course Code: CSI 311

2. Credit hours : 4 credit hours (2 lecture + 2 Exercise) Credit Hours

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Mohamed Wagieh

Mostafa.

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 5th

Level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Programming 2 (CSI 221)

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science at AzZulfi )

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning √ What percentage? 10 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ….‎%

F - Other What percentage? …‎%

Comments :

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course?

Quick review of the Internet and Internet programming concepts, Web Servers and

Web Application Servers, Design Methodologies with concentration on Object-

Oriented concepts, Client-Side Programming, Server-Side Programming, Active

Server Pages, Database Connectivity to web applications, Adding Dynamic content to

web applications, Programming Common Gateway Interfaces, Programming the User

Interface for the web applications.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

The main objectives are summarized as shown below:

1. Giving the students the insights of the Internet programming and how to design

and implement complete applications over the web.

2. It covers the notions of Web servers and Web Application Servers, Design

Methodologies with concentration on Object-Oriented concepts, Client-Side

Programming, Server-Side Programming, Active Server Pages, Database

Connectivity to web applications, Adding Dynamic content to web applications,

Programming Common Gateway Interfaces, Programming the User Interface

for the web applications.

3. It also concentrates on the usage of recent platforms used in developing web

applications such as the .Net environment like C#, XML, and ASP.Net.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented :

1. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.

2. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

3. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the algorithms using visual C# that are presented in

the course.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Introduction

Understanding .Net

Creating a console application

Adding a C# File

Using the visual studio Text Editor

Build and Run the project

Program structure

variables

expressions

1 4

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 102

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Calculations using C#

Compiling multiple files

2. data types, operators and expressions in C#

integer types

floating point types

decimal type

character type

string

Boolean type

implicit conversions

explicit conversions

operators and expressions

operator cardinality

arithmetic operators

conditional logical operators

Bitwise operators

2 8

3. control structures

if test

loops

Arrays

break

continue

goto

structured programming

Using the Conditional Operator

Using the NOT operator

Using the while Loop

Using the for Loop

Using the do Loop

Using Nested Loop

2 8

4. Windows programming in C# - part I

Creating a Form

Creating a Form That Is the Main Window of a Program

Placing a Button on a Window

Using the Visual Studio IDE to Design a Form

Understanding the Code Created by the IDE

Adding Functionality to a Button on a Form

Adding a Second Button to a Form

2 8

5. Windows programming in C# - part II

Using the Visual Studio Help Search Function

Understanding Controls

1 4

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 103

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Creating a Form With Labels

Setting a Label's Font

Adding Color to a Form

Using CheckBox and RadioButton Objects

Adding a PictureBox to a Form

6. Object-Oriented Concepts and the Basics of C# - part I

Writing a C# Program that Produces Output

Compiling and Executing a Program from the Command Line

Adding Comments to a Program

Compiling and Executing a Program Using the Visual Studio IDE

Using the System Namespace

Declaring Variables

Using the Standard Binary Arithmetic Operators

1 4

7. Object-Oriented Concepts and the Basics of C# - part II

Using Floating-Point Data Types

Using the string Data Type to Accept Console Input

Making Decisions

Writing Methods

Creating a MessageBox

Adding Functionality to MessageBox Buttons

1 4

8. Methods in C#

Writing methods with No Arguments and No Return Value

Implementation Hiding and How to use Multiple Files

Writing methods That Require a Single Argument

Writing methods That Require a Multiple Arguments

Writing methods That Return Values

Using ref and out Parameters Within Methods

Overloading Methods

Avoiding Ambiguous Methods

2 8

9. Classes in C#

Understanding Class Concepts

Creating a Class from Which Objects Can Be Instantiated

Creating instance variables and methods

Declaring Objects

Compiling and Running a Program That Instantiates Class Objects

Organizing Your Classes

Using Public Fields and Private Methods

Understanding the this reference

Understanding Constructor Methods

Passing Parameters to Constructors

Overloading Constructors

Understanding Destructor Methods

2 8

10. Access and SQL – part I 1 4

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 104

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Understanding Key Database Concepts

Creating an Access Database

Using Access and SQL to Create Database Tables

Manipulating Data Using SQL

Retrieving Data Using SQL

Retrieving All Data

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 ............ ....30.... ............ ............ 60

Credit 30 ............ ......15...... ............ ............ 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:

reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

implementing algorithms using visual C# ,

browsing the websites that concerned with the course,

solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,

discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented

related topics worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work

hours.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 105

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Using C# data types, class libraries and control

constructs.

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Implement C# program. Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Brainstorming

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

2.2 Develop and write programs applying Object Oriented

principles using C#.

2.3 Create member functions using C# syntax and exception

handling.

2.4 Building C# classes and inheritance hierarchies

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1

Writing GUI applications using the drag-and-drop

facilities.

Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Writing and deploying components in C# application. Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

5.0 Psychomotor

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 106

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group

discussion Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments After every

chapter 10%

5

Research about presented topics Every two

weeks 10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual

student consultations and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching

staff are expected to be available each week)

Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon. 10-12, Tues. 10-12

Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Thurs 12-1

Email: [email protected]

3. Mobile: 0546942685

E. Learning Resources

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 107

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

1. List Required Textbooks :

John Sharp, Microsoft Visual C# 2010 Step By Step, Third Edition. Microsoft

Press, 2010

2. List Essential References Materials :

Svetlin Nakov, Veselin Kolev, and Co., Fundamentals of Computer Programming

with C#, Sofia, 2013. ISBN 978-954-400-773-7

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

Journal of Visual Programming.

4. List Electronic Materials :

http://www.introprogramming.info/

5. Other learning material :

Video and presentations that available with the instructor

F. Facilities Required

1. Accommodation

Classrooms and,

Library, as those that are available at the college of science at AzZulfi

2. Computing resources

Smart Board

3. Other resources

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is

electronically organized by the university.

Student-faculty management meetings

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 108

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Discussion within the staff members teaching the course.

Departmental internal review of the course.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training course.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Instructors of the course are checking together and put a unique process of the

evaluation.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Course evaluation

Exam evaluation

Improvement plan

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 01 / 1436 H

Course’s‎Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Mohamed Wagieh. Name : Assoc. Prof. Yosry Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 109

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

CSI 312 Data Structure

CSI 311

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 110

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

13. 1 - Course title : CSI 312 Course Code: Data Structure

2. Credit hours : 3 hrs( 2 lec + 2 lab )

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science &Information

4 – Course Language : English.

14. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Wael Khedr

15. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : Level 5

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 221 and CSI 212

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N /A

9 - Location if not on main campus : Al Zulfi

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning √ What percentage? 10 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? …….‎%

F - Other What percentage? …….%

Comments :

...........................................................................................................

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? The purpose of this course is to provide the students with solid foundations in the

basic concepts of computer science: Time and Space. The main objective of the course

is to teach the students how to select and design data structures and algorithms that are

appropriate for problems that they might encounter. This course is also about

introducing the student to the basic concepts of studying algorithms, their correctness

and computational complexity. This course offers the students a mixture of theoretical

knowledge and practical experience using C++. Topics includes:

1. Review of Basic concepts: Definition of an algorithm, asymptotic analysis of

upper and average complexity bounds. Identifying differences among best,

average and worst case behaviors. Big O, little o, omega, and theta notations.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 111

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Time and space tradeoffs in algorithms. Algorithms strategies.

2. Basic algorithms: Sorting ( insertion sort, merge sort), searching ( linear search,

binary search).

3. Basic data structures: Lists, linked lists, double linked lists, stacks, queues.

4. Advanced data structures: Graphs, trees, heaps, dynamic sets, and has tables.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 13. Using group discussion

14. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

15. Motivate students to solve practical problems using C++ programming

language.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

Review Basic topics of C++

Classes and Structures 2 8

Basic data structures.

Arrays ( Insertion & Deletion) .

Sorting( non-recursive) 2 8

Linked Lists(single , doubly and circularly) 2 8 Stacks and Queues (static and dynamic) 2 8 Recursion and Sorting Algorithms 1 4 Trees 2 8 Searching algorithms 1 4

Hashing 2 8 Graphs , Networks, and File Structure 1 4

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 - 30 - - 60

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 112

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Credit 30 - 15 - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5* 15 = 135 work hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Recall the basic data structures and their relative

advantages and disadvantages. Developing basic

communicative

Ability through

short and varied

situated

discourse.

Lecturing

Team work

Exercises

Homework.

Group

Discussion

Presentation

Mid-term exam

Final test

1.2 Describe data structure types and their process

(insertion, deletion , and search).

1.3 Describe the common search algorithms techniques.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 An ability to implement and use common data

structures

Problem solving

Class discussion

presentation

Individual meeting

with the instructor

(encouraging students

to discuss different

topics outside the

classroom)

Class

Participation

Presentation

Essay Question

Research

2.2 An ability to implement and use data structure types

( linked list, tree , stack, and queue) in storing ,

insertion, deletion , and searching data on a disk file.

2.3 Apply the common search algorithms techniques on

data structures types types ( linked list, tree , stack,

and queue) .

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Discussion with

students

Making students

Respecting

deadlines.

Showing active 3.2 Learn how to search for information through library

and internet.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 113

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally

using appropriate scientific language

aware about time

management in

completing their

assignments and

C++ programs .

Counsel students

how to make a

good presentation

in data structure.

Encourage students to

help each other.

class

participation.

Helping other

students to

understand tasks

in the class.

Giving clear and

logical

arguments

Performing seriously

on midterms and

final exams.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve

problems, and use computers. Exercises

Problem solving

oral quizzes

Essay questions

Encourage

students to use

programming by

C++ or C#

Write reports

Exercises related

to specific topics

4.2 Illustrate deal with confidence with differential

equations, integrations, and differentials.

4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in groups,

and communicate with each other and with me

electronically, and periodically visit the sites I

recommended.

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5.2 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First exam* 6 15%

2

Second exam* 12 15%

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 114

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3

Lab. Exam 15 15%

4

Presentation One/ semester

15%

5

Homework Every week

6

quizzes End topics

7

Discussions Every week

8 Team group Three time/

semester

9 Tutorials Every sub

topic

10 Computer tools used

Every report

and

presentation

11 Project

-

12 Peer project

-

13 Final exam * End of the

semester 40%

Total

100 %

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support 1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)

2. At least 6 well-declared office hours per week are available for all the students.

3. Supervision and reviewing of activities are conducted directly.

4. E-mail is permanently available.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Robert Sedgewick: Algorithms in C++, Parts 1-4: Fundamentals, Data Structure, Sorting, Searching,

2011, Addison-Wesley.

Michael T. Goodrich , Roberto Tamassis, and David Mount ,Data structures& Algorithms in C++,

second edition, John Wiley ,2011

A.V. Aho,J.E. Hopcroft and J. D. Ullman, Data Structure and Algorithms. Reading , MA: Addison-

Wesley,1983.

Larry Nyhoff, ADTs, Data Structures and Problem Solving with C++, 2nd

Ed. , Printice Hall,

2005.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 115

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Malik, Data Structures using C++, Thomson , 2003.

2. List Essential References Materials : T. Budd, An Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming. Reading, Mass: Addison-Wesley,1999.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : Clifford Shaffer, A practical Introduction to Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis, 2nd Ed. ,

Prentice Hall, 2001.

4. List Electronic Materials : http://sheekh-3arb.info/islam/library/books/programming/data-structure-course.pdf

http://www.sanlp.org/malik/ads/cpcs 324 – algorithms and data structures 01.pdf

http://www.sanlp.org/malik/ads/cpcs 324 – algorithms and data structures 04.pdf

http://www.pvpsiddhartha.ac.in/syllabus_07_08/it/ii-i/advanced data structures and algorithms lab.doc

5. Other learning material :

Non

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation Lecture rooms are well equipped with:

Air conditioned with at least 20 adequate seats.

Interactive/smart Board.

Up-to-date projector.

An Auditorium is well equipped with:

Air conditioned with at least 100 adequate seats.

Interactive/smart Board.

Up-to-date projector.

2. Computing resources Personal computer with necessary up-to-date software.

DBS Smart Systems.

Interactive Board.

Laptop

3. Other resources Colored Printer (needed).

Central laser-Printer, and Scanner.

Wall Boards (are essentially needed.).

Internet inside the classroom (missed.).

Library: Up to date scientific books, in the library.

Wi-Fi and internet connections are available inside the teaching staff

rooms, and the seminar room.

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 116

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching: Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the

University.

Students-faculty management meetings.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : Discussions within the staff member teaching the course.

Departmental internal review of the course.

Outside reviewer of the course.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Providing the computer labs with up-to-date computers and software.

Conducting and attending workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

Periodical departmental and outside revisions of its methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members (course and program reports).

Training Courses.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Efficiency of course will be reflected on the results of the class, so reviewing the final exam questions and a

sample of corrected papers is essential. This could be achieved by members of the teaching staff (or/and

external reviewers) in addition to other duties such as discussing ideas and ways of teaching and learning. The

course should be developed periodically to ensure that it contains the latest developments in the field of study.

Development could be put as an objective in the report of the course to be achieved each semester.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course Evaluation

Exam Evaluation

Improvement plan

Program Outlearning with course outlearning

Outlearning from the pre-requisite course

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s‎Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Wael Khedr Name : Dr. Yousry Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 22/12 /1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 117

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 118

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Computer Organization and

Assembly Language

CSI 313

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 119

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Computer Organization

and Assembly Language Course Code: CSI 313

2. Credit hours : 3 (2+2)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hammad

Quraishi

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 5th

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 223

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None

9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science in Zulfi )

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80%

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? …. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? …. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors worldwide. They

illustrate the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a different presentation.

B. Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course?

The goal of this course is to introduce topics related to the organization and operation of computers.

Topics include the main components of computers (central processing unit, primary and secondary

memory, common peripheral devices, and computer communications hardware), data representation

in computer systems, simple computer design, cache memory, programming in assembly language,

and input/output and storage systems. Also featured is an overview of parallel architectures.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 120

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Students will:

Develop a basic understanding of computer system organization,

Learn to program computer systems at the machine and assembly levels,

Understand what roles are carried out by the microarchitecture, data flow and control flow

portions of computers,

Understand how a high level language is translated from text, to assembly, to machine language,

and

Learn how I/O devices are controlled by microprocessors.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented :

16. Using group discussion through the internet with students attending the course.

17. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Introduction to Computer Systems Organization

The Main Components of a Computer, Standards Organizations, Evolution

of Computers, The von Neumann Model, Non-von Neumann Models.

Lab Work: Introduction to Assembly Language and Simulator.

2 8

2. Data Representation in Computer Systems

Positional Numbering Systems, Decimal to Binary Conversions, Signed

Integer Representation, Floating-Point Representation, Character Codes,

Codes for Data Recording and Transmission, Error Detection and

Correction.

Lab Work: Variable storage in registers and memory using various

representations. Performing Simple Arithmetic and Logic Operations.

2 8

3. An Introduction to a Simple Computer

CPU Basics and Organization, The Bus, Clocks, The Input/Output

Subsystem, Memory Organization and Addressing, Interrupts, Registers and

Buses, The Instruction Set Architecture, Register Transfer Notation,

Instruction Processing, A Simple Program, Real-World Examples of

Computer Architectures.

Lab Work: Implementing Loops and Introduction to Hardware and Software

4 16

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 121

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Interrupts. String and Stack Operations.

4. Cache and Main Memory

Types of Memory, The Memory Hierarchy, Cache Memory, Virtual

Memory, A Real-World Example of Memory Management.

Lab Work: Moving data from Main Memory to Cache and Registers and

vice versa. Using Procedures and Parameter Passing.

3 12

5. Input/ Output and Storage Systems

Amdahl’s Law, I/O Architectures (I/O Control Methods, I/O Bus Operation,

Interrupt-Driven I/O), Magnetic Disk Technology, Optical Disks, Magnetic

Tape, RAID, Data Compression.

Lab Work: Input/ Output using Assembly and Performing more Arithmetic

and Logic Operations.

4 16

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 ............ 30 ............ ............ 60

Credit 30 ............ 15 ............ ............ 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:

reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

browsing the websites that are concerned with the course,

solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,

discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related

topics worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work

hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 122

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Understand the major blocks of a computing system and

how they interact to perform a specific task.

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

1.2 Express an understanding of the development and

evolution of computers over time.

1.3 Understand how information is represented and stored in a

computer and how it is processed.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Show an understanding of how different functions of a

computer are performed using different sub-components.

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Brainstorming

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

2.2 Writing assembly programs for different application.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

3.2 Learn how to search for information through library and

internet.

3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally using

appropriate scientific language.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve problems,

and use computers.

Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills to gather

information about a selected topic.

4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in groups, and

communicate with each other and with me electronically, and

periodically visit the sites I recommended.

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 ........................N/A................................ .................. ..................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 123

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

1 First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3 Presentation, class activities, and group

discussion Every week 5%

4 Homework assignments After Every

chapter 5%

5 Practical exam 15 20%

6 Final written exam 16 40%

7 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

4. six office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.

5. The contact with students by e-mail, mobile, office telephone and website.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Linda Null, Julia Lobur, “The essentials of computer organization and

architecture”, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc., 2012

2. List Essential References Materials :

William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing for

Performance, 9th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2012.

Kip Irvine, Assembly Language for x86 Processors, 7th Edition, Prentice Hall,

March 2014.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

None

4. List Electronic Materials :

https://www.coursera.org/.

5. Other learning material :

Videos and presentations made available on D2L e-Learning platform.

F. Facilities Required

1. Accommodation

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 124

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Class Rooms

Computer Labs

Library

2. Computing resources

Smart Board

Computing machines

3. Other resources None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Analysis of students’ results.

Observation during class work.

Students’ evaluations.

Colleagues’ evaluations.

Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.

Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to solicit their opinions.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Self-assessment.

External evaluation.

Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of the

course.

Guidelines about teaching the course provided by the study plans commission.

Department guidelines pertaining the faculty member’s performance acquired using

direct observation.

Training and development.

Workshops to improve the educational process.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Instructors of the course working together with Head of Department to adopt a unique

process of the evaluation.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness

and planning for improvement :

Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.

Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 125

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules

Commission.

Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is up-to-date

with the developments in the field.

Make use of statistical analysis of course evaluation carried out by the students to

improve and develop the course.

Provide an opportunity to the students to express their opinions about what is taught

and receive suggestions and evaluate their effectiveness.

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head

Name : Dr. Hammad Quraishi Name : Ass. Prof. Yosry Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature :

Date : 23 / 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 126

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Database

CSI-314

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 127

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 1- Course title : Database Course Code: CSI-314

2. Credit hours : 3hr

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and

Information

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the

course:

Dr. Yaser Abdalla

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 3rd

level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Programming 1 (CSI 211)

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : .............................................................

9 - Location if not on main campus : (............................................................. )

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply) A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

...........................................................................................................

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? The main objective of this course is to provide students with the theoretical

background and practical experience relating to the design and implementation of

relational databases. The main objectives of the course are:

1. Learn the fundamental database concepts and systems methodologies to design

database systems. (10%)

2. Understand data modeling using ER Model and EER Model and the mappings

to relational model (25%)

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 128

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3. Understand relational database model and database creation using the specified

DBMS in DB lab (25%)

4. Understand Relational Algebra and Structured Query Language (25%)

5. Understand functional dependencies and database normalization (15%)

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented :

1. Awareness of career opportunities in computer organizations by Building a

complete database system suitable to Saudi companies.

2. Use ADO asp.net to build database.

3. Using MySql with apache server

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

Databases and Database Users (Sections 1, 2, 4, 5, 6) 1 3

Database System Concepts and Architecture (Sections 1, 2, 3, 5, 6) 2 6

Data Modeling Using the Entity-Relationship Model (Sections 1-7) 2 6

The Relational Data Model and Relational Database Constraints 2 6

ER-to-Relational Mappings 2 6

The Relational Algebra (Sections 1-5) 2 6

SQL - The Relational Database Standard (Sections 1-6) 2 6

Functional Dependencies and Normalization for Relational Databases 1 3

Databases and Database Users (Sections 1, 2, 4, 5, 6)

1 3

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 129

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Contact

Hours 30 - 30 - - 60

Credit 30 - 15 - - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Be able to discuss/ explain the importance of database systems. Developing basic

communication

Ability through

short and varied

situated discourse.

Lecturing

Team work

Exercises

Homework.

Group Discussion

Presentation

Mid-term exam

Final test

1.2 Be able to discuss/ explain the difference between file management and database.

1.3 Be able to design a suitable database components and environments.

1.4 Be able to formulate the major constructs of relational DB language SQL.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Employ analytical skills as appropriate during database design and manipulation process.

Problem solving

Class discussion

Presentation

Individual

meeting with

the instructor

(encouraging

students to

discuss different

topics outside

the classroom)

Class

Participation

Presentation

Essay Questions

Research topics

2.2 Design and implement practical database system. In particular, be able to discuss, explain, apply the relational model and mappings from conceptual designs to particular normalizations.

2.3 Identify a range of DB-solutions and critically evaluate them and justify proposed design and development solutions.

2.4 Analyze a wide range of database design issues and provide solutions through suitable design, structures, diagrams, and other appropriate design methods.

2.5 Be able to apply and evaluate suitable database security and integrity levels.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Discussion with

students

Making

students aware

about time

Respecting

deadlines.

Showing active

class

participation.

3.2 Learn how to search for information through library and

internet.

3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally using

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 130

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

appropriate scientific language management in

completing their

assignments.

Counsel

students how to

make a good

presentation in

Database and

DBMS

Encourage

students to help

each other.

Helping other

students to

understand

tasks in the

class.

Giving clear

and logical

arguments

Performing

seriously on

midterms and

final exams

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve problems,

and use computers. Exercises

Problem solving

oral quizzes

Essay questions

Encourage students

to Implement a real

world computer DB

information system.

Write reports

Exercises

related to

specific topics

4.2 Illustrate and use the (DBMSs) effectively..

4.3 Discus questions during the lecture, work in groups,

communicate with each other and with me electronically, and

periodically visit the sites I recommended.

4.4 Students use information technology in the classroom

5.0 Psychomotor: (N/A)

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments After Every

chapter

10%

5

Implementation of selected topics Every two

weeks

10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 131

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

7

Total

100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon. 10-12, Wed. 10-12

Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Wed 12-1

Email: [email protected]

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, Fundamentals of DATABASE

SYSTEMS, 6th edition, Pearson/Addison Wesley, Published Date: Dec 1, 2009

2. List Essential References Materials :

Jeffrey A. Hoffer, Mary Prescott, Fred McFadden, Modern Database Systems,

7th Ed., Prentice Hall

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

Date, CJ, An introduction to database systems, 8th edn, Pearson/Addison-Wesley, Boston

2004.

Ramakrishnan, R & Gehrke, J 2003, Database management systems, 3rd edn, McGraw-

Hill, Boston 4. List Electronic Materials :

http://www.aw-bc.com/elmasri

5. Other learning material :

Oracle database , MS- Access

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classroom and Lab, as those that are available at college of science at Az-Zulfi.

2. Computing resources

Education console

Smart Board

3. Other resources

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 132

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

None.

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) fiiled by the students and it is electronically

organized by the university.

Student-faculty management meetings.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Discussion among the staff members teaching the course

Departmental internal review of the course.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Periodical departmental revision of teaching methods.

Monitoring of teaching activities by senior faculty members.

Training courses.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

It is planned to:‐ Check marking of a sample of student work by an independent faculty

member.

Exchange periodically, and remark a sample of assignments with a faculty

members from one of the distinguished institute.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Assessment and evaluation of the level of achieving the course outcomes

through a continuous improvement process (part of a quality assurance system

established by the university)

Consequently, actions are to be taken to improve the course delivery when

necessary.

Review of course objectives, outcomes and curriculum at about 2 years span

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Yaser Abdalla Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 133

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 134

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Linear Algebra and Differential

Equations

MATH 310

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 135

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Linear Algebra and

differential equations Course Code: MATH 310

2. Credit hours : 4 (3+0+2)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Department of Computer Science

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Kamal Nazmi

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : Level 5

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : MATH 220

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : ............................NO .................................

9 - Location if not on main campus : (............................................................. )

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 90 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) What percentage? ……. %

D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

...........................................................................................................

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? 1. Offers a range of ways for the students to develop their skills and knowledge.

2. Introduces several specialized areas of mathematics and its applications.

3. Enables the students to examine how the principal results are related to real-world

problems.

4. Operate and manipulate matrices and determinants; and solve systems of linear equations

using matrices and determinants

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 1- Access to research and recent studies related topics and benefit from

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 136

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2- Establishment of workshops within the department

3-Cooprate with other educational institutions to find how they deal with the subject.

4- Re- new the course references frequently.

5-Frequently check the latest discovery in science to improve the course objectives.

6- The course needs the use of computers.

7- Posting some course material on the websites to help the students.

8- Focusing on generic skills.

.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1- System of linear equations , Matrices , Determinants,

inverse of a matrix

3 15

2- Linear dependence and independence of vectors , Rank of a

set of vectors

3- Rank of a matrix , Abstract and geometric representation

of vectors

3 15

4- Scalar/Inner product, Vectorial Product, The Gram-

Shmiditt Process , The Eigen

5- Value Problem , the Eigen Vectors, Caley_Hamilton

theorem and its Applications

3 15

6- Differential Equations: Basic Concepts: First Order Differential Equations

7- Homogeneous & Exact , integrating factor , reducible to

linear (Bernoulli

2 10

8- High Order and First Degree Differential Equations (With constant coefficients)

9- Independent Solutions and the Wronskian, D-operator & Inverse D-operator

2 10

10- Method of undetermined coefficients, high order differential equations

11- Shift rule and its application

2 10

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 137

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 50 25 75

Credit 3 2 5

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 6

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 a) Solving the system of linear equations using

matrices

b) Recognize the matrices and operation on them, To

find the inverse of matrix

c) Recognize the vectors and the scalar and vector

products d) Knowledge The Eigen Value Problem , the Eigen

Vectors

e) Solving linear differential equations

Start each chapter by

general idea and the

benefit of it.

Demonstrate the course

information and principles

through lectures.

Exams

Midterms

Final examination.

1.2 Outline the logical thinking.

Provide main ways to deal

with the exercises.

Home work.

1.3 State the physical problems by mathematical method. Solve some examples

during the lecture.

Continuous

discussions with the

students during the

lectures.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 The students will explain and

interpret a general knowledge of

Linear Algebra.

Encourage the student to look

for some complicated problems

Midterm exams

Quizzes.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 138

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

in the different references.

2.2 Enable students to analyses the

mathematical problems.

Ask the student to attend

lectures for practice solving

problem.

Doing homework.

Check the problems solution.

2.3 Student's ability to write physical

equations in a correct

mathematical way.

Homework assignments. Discussion of how to simplify

or analyses some problems.

2.4 .............................................. .................. ..................

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 The student should

illustrate how take up

responsibility.

Ask the students to search the internet

and use the library.

Encourage them how to attend

lectures regularly by assigning

marks for attendance.

Quizzes of some previous

lectures.

Ask the absent students about

last lecture.

3.2 Must be shown the ability

of working independently

and with groups.

Teach them how to cover missed

lectures.

Give students tasks of duties

Discussion during the lecture.

3.3 The student should

illustrate how take up

responsibility.

Ask the students to search the internet

and use the library.

Encourage them how to attend

lectures regularly by assigning

marks for attendance.

Quizzes of some previous

lectures.

Ask the absent students about

last lecture.

3.4 ..................

3.5 ....................................

.................................

.................. ..................

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 The student should illustrate

how to communicating with:

Peers, Lecturers and

Community.

Creating working groups with

peers to collectively prepare:

solving problems and search the

internet for some topics.

Discussing a group work sheets.

4.2 The student should interpret

how to Know the basic

mathematical principles using

the internet.

Give the students tasks to

measure their: mathematical

skills, computational analysis

and problem solving.

Discuses with them the results

of computations analysis and

problem solutions.

4.3 The student should appraise

how to Use the computer skills

Encourage the student to ask for

help if needed.

Give homework's to know how

the student understands the

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 139

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

and library. numerical skills.

4.4 The student should illustrate

how to Search the internet and

using software programs to deal

with problems.

Encourage the student to ask

good question to help solve the

problem.

Give them comments on some

resulting numbers.

4.5 ............................................

.........................

.................. ..................

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable

5.5 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

Midterm 1 5th

week 20 %

2

Midterm 2 10th

week 20 %

3

Homework + reports During the

semester

20 %

5 Total. ................ 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support 1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)

1- 6-office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.

2- The contact with students by e-mail , mobile, office telephone and website.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks - Applied Linear Algebra by Peter J. Oliver , Prentice Hall , (2006)

2. List Essential References Materials :

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 140

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2- Differential Equations with Boundary Value Problems by James R. Brannan, John Wiley

& Sons , (2010)

Mathematical Techniques: An Introduction for the Engineering, Physical, and mathematical Sciences , by D. W. Jordan , Oxford University Press , (2002)

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

Same as mention above

.................... .........................................

............................................................

4. List Electronic Materials :

amazon web site

5. Other learning material

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

- The size of the hall must be proportionate to the number of students etc.)

- Provide enough seats for students

2. Computing resources

4- Hall is equipped with a computer

5- Provide a display projectors and peripherals

6- Smart board and accessories

3. Other resources

.................NO ................

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Student evaluation electronically organized by the University.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : 2- Review internal and external developmental 3- Student Assessment of the performance of a professor scheduled through

questionnaires

4- Student Assessment of the performance of a professor scheduled through questionnaires

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 141

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

5- The colleagues who teach the same course discuss together to evaluate their teaching

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : - Developing capabilities professor course through training programs.

- Careful teaching aids scheduled

- The new follow-up, which was linked to the decision or effective ways of teaching

- Create the right atmosphere for the study

- Material and moral incentives

- Lecture developmental audit, or workshop lesson Model.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic

exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)

The instructors of the course are checking together and put a unique process of evaluation

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement 1-The following points may help to get the course effectiveness:

* Student evaluation.

* Course report.

* Program report.

* Program self-study.

2- According to point 1 the plan of improvement should be given

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No (‎…..‎)‎Date …‎/‎….‎/‎…..‎H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Kamal Nazmi Name : Prof: Adel Zaki Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 142

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Courses Description

Level 6

Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code

CSI 312 3 2 0 2 Design & Analysis of Algorithms CSI 321

CSI 224 3 0 2 2 Computer Networks CSI 322

CSI 313 3 0 1 3 Computer Architecture CSI 323

CSI 314 3 0 4 1 Advanced Database CSI 324

CSI 221 3 0 2 2 Software Engineering 1 CSI 325

MATH 212 3 1 0 3 Probability & Statistics STAT 320

18 Total

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 143

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Design and Analysis of Algorithms

CSI 321

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 144

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Design and Analysis of

Algorithms Course Code: CSI-321

2. Credit hours : 3 credit hours (2 lecture + 2 Exercise)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and

Information Program

4 – Course Language : English

16. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr. Hassan Aly

17. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 6th

level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) :

Data Structures (CSI 312)

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) :

N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus :

College of Science at AzZulfi

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? …….‎%

E - Correspondence What percentage? …….‎%

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors worldwide. They illustrate

the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a different presentation.

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? Algorithms are fundamental to computer science and software engineering. The real-world

performance of any software system depends on two things: (1) the algorithms chosen, and (2)

the suitability and efficiency of the various layers of implementation. Good algorithm design is

therefore crucial for the performance of all software systems. Moreover, the study of algorithms

provides insight into the intrinsic nature of a problem as well as possible solution techniques

independent of programming languages, programming paradigms, computer hardware, and other

implementation aspects.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 145

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

The purpose of this course is to

1. provide students with the ability to select algorithms appropriate to a particular purpose and

to apply them recognizing the possibility that no suitable algorithm may exist.

2. acquire students with the range of algorithms that address an important set of well-defined

problems, recognizing their strengths and weaknesses, and their suitability in particular

contexts.

3. introduce students to a new range of paradigms and techniques to design algorithms and to

solve problems.

4. enable students to be efficient in their work.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented :

18. Using group discussion using internet with course attending students.

19. Updating the course materials to include the new topics in the field.

20. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the algorithms that are presented in the course.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

11. Basic Definitions: Definition of an algorithm, Time and space

tradeoffs in algorithms, Algorithms strategies,

Asymptotic analysis of upper and average complexity bounds,

Identifying differences among best, average and worst case

behaviors, Big oh, omega, and theta notations.

2 8

12. Solving Recursions: Using recurrence relations to analyze

recursive algorithms, Substitution method, Recursion-tree method,

Master theorem method. 2 8

13. O(n2) Sorting Algorithms. Insertion, Selection, Bubble sort.

2 8

14. Divide and Conquer Paradigm: Elements of the divide and

conquer technique, Merge sort, and Quick sort.

2 8

15. Searching Algorithms. Linear and Binary search.

1 4

16. Graph Algorithms: Representation of graphs (adjacency list,

adjacency matrix), Depth- and Breadth-first traversals. Minimum

spanning tree ( Kruskal’s and Prim’s algorithms). Dijkstra’s

algorithm.

3 12

17. Advanced data structures: Binary search tree. 1 4

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 146

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

18. Dynamic Programming Paradigm: Elements of dynamic

programming, Matrix chain algorithm.

1 4

19. Greedy Algorithms Paradigm: Elements of greedy algorithm,

optimal binary search tree.

1 4

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 30 - - - 60

Credit 30 15 - - - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5 Hours

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:

Reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

Implementing algorithms using C++ ,

Browsing the websites related to the course,

Solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,

Discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

Watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics

worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work hours.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 147

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Recognize the role of algorithms relative to other technologies

used in computer science.

Lectures,

Lab

demonstrations,

Case studies,

Individual

presentations

Written Exam,

Homework

assignments,

Lab assignments,

Class Activities,

Quizzes

1.2 Name the key algorithmic design paradigms including Brute

force, Divide and conquer, Decrease and conquer, Transform

and conquer, Greedy Algorithms, Dynamic programming.

1.3 Define the language, notation, and concepts of algorithmic

design.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Predict the resources that the algorithm requires. Lectures,

Lab

demonstrations,

Case studies,

Individual

presentations,

Brainstorming

Written Exam,

Homework

,assignments,

Lab assignments,

Class Activities,

Quizzes,

Observations

2.2 Develop, analyze and compare existing algorithms for a wide

variety of problems including sorting, searching, graphs, and

binary search tree.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Justify and analyze algorithmic tradeoffs: time vs. space,

deterministic vs. randomized, and exact vs. approximate.

Small group

discussions,

Whole group

discussions,

Brainstorming,

Presentations

Written Exam,

Homework

assignments,

Lab assignments,

Class Activities,

Quizzes

3.2 Write efficient algorithms of certain selected problems.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Work cooperatively in a small group environment. Small group

discussions,

Whole group

discussions,

Brainstorming

Presentation

Observations,

Homework

assignments,

Lab assignments.

Class Activities

4.2 Save time and space in each task.

5.0 Psychomotor

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 148

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments After each

chapter

10%

5

Implementation of presented algorithms Every two

weeks

10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

7

Total

100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon. 10-12, Wed. 10-12

Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Wed 12-1

Email: [email protected]

Mobile: 0538231332

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Thomas Cormen, Charles Leiserson, Ronald Rivest, and Clifford Stein, Introduction to

Algorithms, Third Edition. MIT Press, 2009

2. List Essential References Materials :

Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, and Divid Mount, Data Structures and

Algorithms in C++, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2011.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 149

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Sara Baase and Allen Van Gelder, Computer Algorithms: Introduction to Design &

Analysis, Third Edition, 2000.

,

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : Journal of Algorithms.

4. List Electronic Materials :

http://mitpress.mit.edu/catalog/item/default.asp?ttype=2&tid=3440

http://www-rohan.sdsu.edu/faculty/baase/algortext.html#slideshttp:

//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Genetic_disorders

5. Other learning material : Video and presentation are available with me

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classroom and Labe available at College of science in Zulfi.

2. Computing resources Smart Board

3. Other resources N/A

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) filled by the students and electronically organized by the

university.

Student-faculty and management meetings.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course

Departmental internal review of the course.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 150

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activities by senior faculty members.

Training courses.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students by others.

Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per semester.

Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course evaluation

Exam evaluation

Improvement plan

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s‎Coordinator Department Head Name : Hassan Aly Name : Dr. Yousry Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 22/12 /1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 151

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Computer Networks

CSI 322

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 152

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Computer Networks Course Code: CSI 322

2. Credit hours : ( 3 Credit Hours ) (2 Lecture+2 Laboratory)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Yaser Abdalla

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 6th

Level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 313

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science at Az Zulfi )

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? …. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? …. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

One-tenth of the course contents are covered through the video lectures of other instructors available

online. They pertain to the same topics that I discuss in my lectures but with a different presentation.

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course?

The goal of this course is to introduce computer networks, and discuss the three main aspects of

networking i.e. architecture, algorithms, and implementation with focus on performance. Topics

include:

•Introduction: overview of computer networks

•Fundamentals of data transmission: wired/wireless media, digital vs. analog transmission, data

coding.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 153

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

•Multi-user communication and multiplexing

•LAN technology and data link protocols: point-to-point links and sliding window flow control,

Ethernet and CSMA/CD, switched and carrier Ethernet, Wireless LAN and CSMA/CA, cellular

networks and advanced multi-user communication

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 21. Encouraging using modern technology in presenting teaching course

22. Updating the study material of the course in order to incorporate the new research in the

field.

23. Use online resources and animations to help students to enhance knowledge about the topics

that are presented in the course.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

Introduction to Switching Methods, Network Services, Layered Protocol

Architecture 2 8

Physical Layer: Transmission Media, Modulation, Encoding 1 4

Data Link Layer: Framing, Error Detection and Correction, ARQ Protocols,

Data Link Layer Protocols 2 8

Local Area Networks: Multiple Access Protocols, Local Network

Topologies, LAN protocols (CSMA/CD, Token Bus, Token Ring) 3 12

Network Layer: Packet Switching, Routing Algorithms, Traffic Control 2 8

TCP/IP Networking: Internet Protocols, Address Resolution, Name

Resolution, IP, Transport Protocols: UDP and TCP 3 12

Application Layer: HTTP server, World-Wide-Web 2 8

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 ............ 30 ............ ............ 60

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 154

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Credit 30 ............ 15 ............ ............ 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5 hours

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:

reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

browsing the websites concerned with the course,

solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,

discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

watching the online video lectures of other instructors who have presented related

topics worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work hours.

24. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning

and Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Understand the main abstract concepts related to

the layered communication architecture

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes 1.2 Students will develop an understanding of the core

concepts of computer network and network

protocols such as OSI and TCP/IP

1.3 Explain the technology infrastructure and network

requirements for local LAN.

1.4 Understand the legal, ethical, and managerial

requirements of internet usage

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Select, configure, and operate the principal

components of Internet and network infrastructure

and tools, safely and effectively;

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes 2.2 Implement computer network infrastructures.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 155

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

2.3 Developing strong technical skills in combination

with the of network management.

presentations

Brainstorming

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Small group

discussions.

Whole group

discussions.

Brainstorming.

Presentations.

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

3.2 Learn how to search for information through library

and internet.

3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally

using appropriate scientific language.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve

problems, and use computers. Small group

discussions.

Whole group

discussions.

Brainstorming.

Presentations.

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes 4.2

Use Information technology and computer skills to

gather information about a selected topic.

4.3

Ask questions during the lecture, learn to work in

groups, and communicate with each other and with

the teacher through email. Also periodically visit

the sites recommended.

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 ................................N/A..................... .................. ..................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week

Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 20%

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 156

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 20%

3

Presentation, class activities, lab activity, and group

discussion

Every

week 10%

4

Homework assignments

After

every

chapter

10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual

student consultations and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching

staff are expected to be available each week)

6. A total of 6 office hours per week in the lecturer schedule in order to facilitate

the student.

7. Contacting students using e-mail , mobile, office telephone and website.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Computer Networks 5th Ed. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2010

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 157

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2. List Essential References Materials :

Data and Computer Communication 9th Ed., William Stallings. Pearson

Prentice Hall, 2011.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

4. List Electronic Materials :

https://www.coursera.org/

5. Other learning material :

Video and presentations that are available with the instructor

F. Facilities Required

1. Accommodation

Classrooms and, Library, as those are available at the college of science at

AzZulfi

2. Computing resources

Smart Board

3. Other resources

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Analysis of students’ results.

Observation during class work.

Students’ evaluations.

Colleagues’ evaluations.

Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.

Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 158

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Self-assessment.

External evaluation.

Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of

the course.

Guidelines pertaining the teaching of the course provided by the study plans

commission.

Department Guidelines pertaining the performance of the faculty by direct

observation.

Training and development.

Workshops to improve the educational process.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Reviewing instructor's assessment strategy

Designing assessments which allow students to demonstrate their achievement

of the learning outcomes

Common assessment tasks

Assessing group work

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.

Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.

Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules

commission.

Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept

up with developments in the field.

Make use of the statistical results of course evaluation made by students to

improve and develop the course.

Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is

taught and receive suggestions and study their effectiveness.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 159

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Yaser Abdalla Name : Associate Prof. Yosry Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : …./ … / …… H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 160

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Computer Architecture

(CSI 323)

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 161

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

18. 1 - Course

title :

Computer Architecture Course Code: (CSI 323)

2. Credit hours : 3 credit hours (3 lecture + 1 lab)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and Information

Program

4 – Course Language : English

19. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the

course:

Dr.Loai Bani Melhim

20. 6 - Level/year at which this course is

offered :

4th

level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 313

Computer Organization and Assembly Language

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : none N/ A

9 - Location if not on main campus : (College of Science at Az Zulfi)

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments : One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors

worldwide. They illustrate the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a different

presentation.

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? This course provides students with basic knowledge in: Fundamentals of computer design,

Performance evaluation, Instruction set principles, Processor organization and design, Pipelining,

Instruction and arithmetic pipelines, Dynamic and speculative execution, Precise exception, CISC,

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 162

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

RISC, and VLIW processors, Memory Hierarchy, Virtual memory, Multilevel caches, Storage and

I/O, Introduction to Multicore, multiprocessors, and clusters, New trends in computer architecture.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 25. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the methods and practices that are

presented in the course.

26. Formative exams during the term with a feedback to the students, so these

examinations can be used as a method of learning..

27. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.

28. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

29. Help students to develop their knowledge about the topics that are presented in the course.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Introduction (Computer Abstractions and Technology) 1 4

2. Instruction Set Architecture 2 8

3. Arithmetic for Computers 1 4

4. Assessing and Understanding Performance 1 4

5. Processor Design 1 4

6. Memory Hierarchy and Operation 2 8

7. Multiprocessor Systems 2 8

8. Graphics and Computing GPUs 2 8

9. Assemblers, Linkers, and the SPIM Simulator 2 8

10. A Survey of RISC Architectures for Desktop Server, and Embedded

Computers 1 4

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 163

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 - 30 - - 60

Credit 30 - 15 - - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:

Before the lectures start students are required to study some topics on their own.

Before the lectures start students are required to study some topics on their own. The topics are

straightforward and shouldn’t require too much effort. . There are some simple exercises at the end

of the notes for you to try.

The topics cover:

Unsigned Integer Representation – student should be able to perform radix conversion between

decimal, binary and hexadecimal (base 16). student should be able to perform the four basic

arithmetic operations on positive numbers in binary.

Signed Integer Representation – student should be able to represent signed decimal integers in

two’s complement, sign-and-magnitude, excess/bias and BCD. student should be able to add and

subtract two’s complement numbers and recognise overflows.

Character Representation – student should understand how computers represent characters and

know of the ASCII and Unicode character sets.

This course is targeted at senior-level undergraduates and first-year graduate students.

Students should have a good working understanding of digital logic, basic processor design

and organization, pipelining, and simple cache design.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work hours.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 164

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Recognize the need for and an ability to engage in continuing

professional development.

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Team work

Exercises

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

1.2 Define and integrate the operation of constituent parts of a

computer.

1.3

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Investigating modern design structures of Pipelined and

Multiprocessors systems.

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Brainstorming

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

2.2 Analyze a range of architectural and technological concepts

for computer operation.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Become acquainted with recent computer architectures and

I/O devices, as well as the low-level language required to

drive/manage these types of advanced hardware.

Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 165

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

4.1 Apply advanced numerical methods. Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 5%

4

Homework assignments

After Every

chapter 5%

5

Final lab exam 15 20%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun: 1-3, Mon. 10-1, Wed. 10-12

Office call: Sun. 10-12 and Wed 10-12

Email: [email protected]

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 166

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing for Performance, 9th

Edition, Prentice Hall, 2012. 2. List Essential References Materials :

M. Morris Mano, Computer System Architecture, 2nd Custom Edition, Pearson, 2005.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : Computer Architecture, Fifth Edition: A Quantitative Approach (The Morgan Kaufmann

Series in Computer Architecture and Design) (5th Edition), 2011. John L. Hennessy and

David A. Patterson

Modern Processor Design: Fundamentals of Superscalar Processors (Waveland Press) (1st

Edition), 2005, reissued 2013. John P. Shen and Mikko H. Lipasti

4. List Electronic Materials : http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?branch=Comp

https://www.coursera.org/

5. Other learning material : Video and presentations that available with the instructor

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classrooms and Laboratories, as those that are available at the college of science at AzZulfi.

2. Computing resources Smart Board

3. Other resources None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the

university.

Student-faculty management meetings.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 167

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course.

Departmental internal review of the course.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training course 4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students by others.

Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per semester.

Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course evaluation

Exam evaluation

Improvement plan

Program Out learning with course out learning

Out learning from the pre-requisite course

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr.Loai Bani Melhim Name : Asoc.Prof.YOSRY

AZAAM

Signature : Signature : ..........................

Date : 23/ 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 168

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Advanced Database

CSI 324

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 169

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Advanced Database Course Code: CSI 324

2. Credit hours : 3 credit (1 lecture + 4 Laboratory)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and Information

Program

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Ahmed Shehata

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 6th

level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Database (CSI 314))

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at Az Zulfi

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 5 %

D - e-learning What percentage? 5 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

One-tenth of the course instruction is dedicated to students’ self-learning where they are asked to read the course

book, solve problems in their homes, and do experimental work using some dedicated SW programs that

simulate the real HW kits.

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? This course introduces the concepts and principles of database management systems (DBMS). It

focuses on terminology and fundamental concepts of relational databases and database management

systems. Students will learn SQL and PL/SQL including, triggers and transaction processing. They

will understand performance issues and optimization strategies through query rewriting, secondary

storage characteristics, and access strategies.

Major topics include:

Transaction management,

Recovery, concurrency control.

PL/SQL Programming,

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 170

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Parallel Databases, Distributed Databases

File organization and access,

Performance analysis and storage management.

Database system architecture, Query processing and optimization, Reliability, protection, and

integrity.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 1. Group discussion

2. Explore Oracle 10g programming.

3. Motivate students to design and develop databases using Oracle 10g programming.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

Concepts and principles of database management systems (DBMS) 1 5

Fundamental concepts of relational databases and database management

systems 1 5

SQL, PL/SQL Programming, 4 20

Transaction management, 2 10

Introduction to Query Processing and Query Optimization Techniques 2 10

Recovery, concurrency control. 1 5

Introduction to Protocols for Concurrency Control in Databases 1 5

Parallel Databases, Distributed Databases 1 5

Database system architecture, Query processing and optimization,

Reliability, protection, and integrity. 1 5

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 15 60 - - 75

Credit 15 30 - - 45

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 171

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 6 Hours

The private self-study of my students is crucial for this course. It includes:

reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,

browsing the websites that concerned with the course,

discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics

worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 75 + 6 * 15 = 165 work hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Describe advanced database concepts. Lectures. Lab demonstrations. Case studies. Individual presentations.

Written Exam. Home works. Assignments Lab assignments. Class Activities.

Quizzes.

1.2 Define the concept of transactions and describe fundamental

transaction processing, concurrency and recovery control issues

associated with database management systems.

1.3 Design and implement complex databases schemas using ER

diagrams, normalization, integrity constraints, and advanced

database system features such as stored procedures and triggers.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Use PL/SQL programming with DBMS Lectures. Lab demonstrations. Case studies. Individual presentations. Brainstorming.

Written Exam. Home works. Assignments. Lab assignments. Class Activities. Quizzes.

2.2 Students will be able to reason about and apply SQL queries.

2.3 Retrieve information from a database using Structured Query

Language (SQL).

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 172

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

3.0 Understand the basic concept of transactions, the importance of transactions and how

transactions are managed in a database.

3.1 Develop database applications using database client APIs

such as embedded SQL, ODBC, and JDBC.

Small group discussions. Whole group discussions. Brainstorming. Presentations.

Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments. Class Activities. Quizzes.

3.2 Describe basic concepts regarding database security and

authorization.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Gain experience with the use of a commercial relational database

product. Small group discussions. Whole group discussions. Brainstorming. Presentations.

Written Exam. Home works. Assignments. Lab assignments. Class Activities. Quizzes.

4.2

4.3

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 N/A .................. ..................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10 %

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 173

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4

Homework assignments

After Every

chapter 10 %

5

Practical exam 15 10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

7

Total

100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM

Office call: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM

Email: [email protected]

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Database System Concepts (6th

Edition) by Silberschatz, Korth and Sudarshan, McGraw Hill,

2010. ISBN-13: 978-0073523323 2. List Essential References Materials : Oracle Database 11g & MySQL 5.6 Developer Handbook, by Michael McLaughlin, McGraw

Hill, 2012. ISBN: 978-0-07-176885-6 3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : Silberschatz, Korth, and Sudarshan, Database System Concepts, 5th edition , 2005, McGraw-Hill.

4. List Electronic Materials : http://databases.about.com/

http://searchdatabase.techtarget.com/

http://database.ittoolbox.com/

http://www.athree.com/db_basics/index.html

5. Other learning material : Video and presentation are available with me

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation Classrooms for lectures which are featured to traditional education, e-learning, and equipped with a computer,

display device, data show screen, ordinary blackboard, smart board, integrated sound system, proper lighting

system, and proper conditioning system.

2. Computing resources Smart Board

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 174

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3. Other resources N/A

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Analysis‎of‎students’‎results.‎

- Observation during work.

- Students’‎evaluations.‎

- Colleagues’‎evaluations.

- Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.

- Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : - Self-assessment.

- External evaluation.

- Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : - Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of the course.

- Guidelines about course teaching provided by the by study plans commission.

- Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of direct observation.

- Training and development.

Workshops to improve the educational process. 4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Comparison Graphs to indicate student achievements in comparison to other departments.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : - Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.

- Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.

- Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules Commission.

- Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept up with developments in

the field.

- Make use of statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve and develop the course.

- Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is taught and receive

suggestions and study their effectiveness.

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No (‎…..‎)‎Date …‎/‎….‎/‎…..‎H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Ahmed Shehata Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam

Signature : Ahmed Shehata Signature :

.

ate : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 175

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Software Engineering 1

(CSI-325)

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 176

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Software Engineering 1 Course Code: CSI-325

2. Credit hours : 3 credit hour (2 lecture + 2 Exercise)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and

Information Program

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Zeiad El-Saghir

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 6th

level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Programming 2 (CSI 221)

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None

9 - Location if not on main campus: College of Science at Az Zulfi

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

One-tenth of the course instruction is dedicated to students’ self-learning where they are asked to read the course

book, solve problems in their homes, and do experimental work using some dedicated SW programs that

simulate the real HW kits.

B. Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course?

This is a course on the fundamental concepts and principles that underlie current and emerging

methods, tools, and techniques for the cost-effective engineering of high-quality software systems.

Software engineering (SE) is concerned with all aspects of software development, from the early

stages of system specification to maintaining the system after it has gone into use. This includes

technical processes of software development as well as activities such as software project

management and the development of tools, methods, and theories to support software development.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 177

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

This is NOT a "programming" course; it focuses instead on surveying some of the critical aspects of

SE that may be less familiar to students of computer science, such as identifying a development

process appropriate to the circumstances, eliciting and documenting requirements, identifying

appropriate design techniques, employing effective verification and validation strategies (e.g.,

reviews and inspections, formal methods) throughout the software lifecycle.

Here are several course goals:

To help students to develop skills that will enable them to construct software of high quality

and to function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal.

To make students aware of key aspects of current software engineering approaches.

Elicit, analyze and specify software requirements through a productive working relationship

with project stakeholders.

To create models of software data and processes using structured modelling approaches.

To demonstrate skills of software documentation, quality assurance and evaluation, and testing

as part of software development.

Communicate effectively through oral and written reports, and software documentation

Demonstrate professionalism including continued learning and professional activities.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented :

30. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the methods and practices that are

presented in the course.

31. Formative exams during the term with a feedback to the students, so these

examinations can be used as a method of learning..

32. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.

33. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

34. Help students to develop their knowledge about the topics that are presented in the course.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

20. Introduction to Software Engineering:

Software Engineering principles - Professional software

development - Software Characteristics - Software Applications -

Software engineering ethics - Computer-Aided Software

2 8

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 178

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Engineering (CASE).

21. Software processes:

Software process models, process activities, Computer-Aided

Software Engineering. System Models: Using Process Models in

a Project, Project Management Process, and Software Standards.

Practical processes applications using suitable CASE tools.

3 12

22. Software Requirements Engineering:

Process of Requirements Engineering, Requirements

Documentation and review, SRS Validation, Requirements

Management. Practical requirements applications using suitable

CASE tools.

3 12

23. Software Design:

Architectural Design, Structured Design Methodology, Design

Documentation, Verification for Design. Practical design

applications using suitable CASE tools.

3 12

24. System Coding, Testing, and Maintenance:

Programming Style, Coding Internal Documentation, Structured

Programming, Code Verification, Unit Testing, Testing

Principles, Levels of Testing, Structural Testing, Functional

Testing, Test Plan, System Operation and Maintenance. Practical

coding, testing, and maintenance applications using suitable

CASE tools.

4 16

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 - 30 - - 60

Credit 30 - 15 - - 45

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 179

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

The private self-study of my students is crucial for this course. It includes:

reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,

browsing the websites that concerned with the course,

discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics

worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Acquire knowledge of software engineering fundamentals

and their practical application.

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

1.2 Understand of best practices and standards in the field of

software engineering, including all the activities of the

software development life cycle activities and CASE tools.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Identify and analyze user needs, design, implement, develop

and evaluate computer-based systems to meet desired needs.

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Brainstorming

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 180

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

3.1 Present a short report in a written form and orally using

appropriate scientific language, and use current techniques,

skills, and tools necessary for software engineering.

Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Work in groups and Communicate effectively with a range of

audiences.

Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 ................................ n/a........................ .................. ..................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1 First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2 Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3 Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 5 %

4 Homework assignments After Every

chapter 5 %

5 Final Lab Exam 15 20%

6 Final written exam 16 40%

7 Total

100%

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 181

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Office hours: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM

Office call: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM

Email: [email protected]

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, 9th

Ed, Addison-Wesley, 2011.

2. List Essential References Materials: Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A practitioner’s Approach, 6

th ed, McGraw-Hill

Science, 2009.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : ANNALS OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING JOURNAL.

IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON SOFTWARE ENGINEERING JOURNAL.

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING JOURNAL.

4. List Electronic Materials : http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?branch=Comp

https://www.coursera.org/

5. Other learning material : Video and presentation are available with the instructor.

F. Facilities Required

1. Accommodation Classroom and Lab, as those that are available at college of science at Az Zulfi.

2. Computing resources Smart Board.

3. Other resources

None.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 182

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized

by the faculty member on his personal site.

Student-faculty management meetings.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course

Departmental internal review of the course.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training course.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Comparison Graphs to indicate student achievements in comparison to other departments.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course evaluation.

Exam evaluation.

Improvement plan.

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Zeiad El-Saghir Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam

Signature : Signature :

.

Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 183

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Probability and Statistics

STAT 320

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 184

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Probability and

Statistics Course Code: STAT 320

2. Credit hours : 3 (3+0+1)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Department of Computer Science

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Kamal Nazmi

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : Level 6

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : MATH 220

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : ............................NO.................................

9 - Location if not on main campus : (............................................................. )

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) What percentage? 5 %

D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? …5…. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

...........................................................................................................

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? 1. Offers a range of ways for the students to develop their skills and knowledge.

2. Introduces several specialized areas of Statistics and its applications.

3. Enables the students to examine how the principal results are related to real-world

problems.

4. Thinking for decision and analysis probability and Statistics; and using the Statistical

hypothesis testing

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 1- Access to research and recent studies related topics and benefit from

2- Establishment of workshops within the department

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 185

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3-Cooprate with other educational institutions to find how they deal with the subject.

4- Re- new the course references frequently.

5-Frequently check the latest discovery in science to improve the course objectives.

6- The course needs the use of computers.

7- Posting some course material on the websites to help the students.

8- Focusing on generic skills.

.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours 1- Introduction and Data collection, Types of Data and Their Sources, Types

of Sampling Methods, Some important Definitions

1 3

2- Presenting Data in Tables and Charts, Organizing Numerical Data, The

Ordered Array and Stem-Leaf Display

1 3

3- Numerical Descriptive Measures, Measures of Central Tendency, Quartiles,

Measures of Variation, Shape, The Empirical Rule

1 3

4- Simple Linear Correlation and Regression, The Scatterplot, 1 3

5- Basic Probability, Sample spaces and events, Simple Probability, 1 3

6- Joint Probability, Conditional Probability, Statistical independence,

Marginal Probability, Counting Rules

2 6

7- some Important Discrete Probability Distributions, The Probability of

a Discrete Random Variable, Binomial Distribution

2 6

8- The Normal Distribution, The Standardized Normal Distribution 2 6

9- Sampling Distributions, Sampling Distribution of the Mean, The

Central Limit Theorem

2 6

10- Confidence Interval Estimation, Point Estimates, Interval Estimates,

Confidence Interval Estimation forthe Mean (Variance Known), Factors

Affecting the Width of Confidence Interval, Determining Sample Size.

2 6

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 186

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 15 45

Credit 2 1 3

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. ....3.......

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.

0 Knowledge

1.

1

f) Learn how to collect data.

g) Present data using various graphical methods

h) Calculate and interpret numerical summaries

i) Use and apply laws of probability and learn

how these laws are used in statistical inference.

j) Use the concepts of sampling distributions and

learn how it applies in making statistical

inferences be based on sample of data

k) Be familiar with some important discrete and

continuous distributions.

l) Make appropriate use of statistical inference

Start each chapter by

general idea and the

benefit of it.

Demonstrate the course

information and principles

through lectures.

Exams

Midterms

Final examination.

1.

2

Outline the logical thinking.

Provide main ways to deal

with the exercises.

Home work.

1.

3

State the physical problems by Statistical method. Solve some examples

during the lecture.

Continuous

discussions with the

students during the

lectures.

2. Cognitive Skills

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 187

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

0

2.

1

The students will explain and

interpret a general knowledge of

Probability.

Encourage the student to look

for some complicated problems

in the different references.

Midterm exams

Quizzes.

2.

2

Enable students to analyses the

Statistical problems.

Ask the student to attend

lectures for practice solving

problem.

Doing homework.

Check the problems solution.

2.

3

Student's ability to write physical

equations in a correct Statistical

way.

Homework assignments. Discussion of how to simplify

or analyses some problems.

3.

0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.

1

The student should

illustrate how take up

responsibility.

Ask the students to search the internet

and use the library.

Encourage them how to attend

lectures regularly by assigning

marks for attendance.

Quizzes of some previous

lectures.

Ask the absent students about

last lecture.

3.

2

Must be shown the ability of

working independently and

with groups.

Teach them how to cover missed

lectures.

Give students tasks of duties

Discussion during the lecture.

3.

3

The student should

illustrate how take up

responsibility.

Ask the students to search the internet

and use the library.

Encourage them how to attend

lectures regularly by assigning

marks for attendance.

Quizzes of some previous

lectures.

Ask the absent students about

last lecture.

3.

4

..................

4.

0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.

1

The student should illustrate how

to communicating with: Peers,

Lecturers and Community.

Creating working groups with

peers to collectively prepare:

solving problems and search the

internet for some topics.

Discussing a group work sheets.

4.

2

The student should interpret how

to Know the basic mathematical

principles using the internet.

Give the students tasks to

measure their: mathematical

skills, computational analysis

Discuses with them the results

of computations analysis and

problem solutions.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 188

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

and problem solving.

4.

3

The student should appraise how

to Use the computer skills and

library.

Encourage the student to ask for

help if needed.

Give homework's to know how

the student understands the

numerical skills.

4.

4

The student should illustrate how

to Search the internet and using

software programs to deal with

problems.

Encourage the student to ask

good question to help solve the

problem.

Give them comments on some

resulting numbers.

5.

0

Psychomotor

5.

1

Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

Midterm 1 5th

week 20 %

2

Midterm 2 10th

week 20 %

3

Homework + reports During the

semester

20 %

4

Final exam End of semester 40 %

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support 1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)

3- 6-office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.

4- The contact with students by e-mail , mobile, office telephone and website.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks Probability‎and‎Statistics‎for‎Engineers‎and‎Scientists”‎9‎edition- Author's Name: Ronald E.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 189

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Walpole, Raymond H. Myers, Sharon L. Myers and Keying E. Ye , 2011

2. List Essential References Materials : Introduction to Probability and Statistics, William Mendenhall-2008 3. “Applied‎Statistics‎and‎Probability‎for‎Engineers”,‎5‎edition‎(March‎03,‎0212). Douglas C.

Montgomery and, George C. Wiley- 2012

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

Same as mention above

.............................................................

............................................................

4. List Electronic Materials :

amazon web site

5. Other learning material

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

- The size of the hall must be proportionate to the number of students etc.)

- Provide enough seats for students

2. Computing resources 7- Hall is equipped with a computer

8- Provide a display projectors and peripherals

9- Smart board and accessories

3. Other resources: No

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Student evaluation electronically organized by the University.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : 6- Review internal and external developmental 7- Student Assessment of the performance of a professor scheduled through

questionnaires

8- Student Assessment of the performance of a professor scheduled through questionnaires

9- The colleagues who teach the same course discuss together to evaluate their teaching

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 190

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

- Developing capabilities professor course through training programs. - Careful teaching aids scheduled

- The new follow-up, which was linked to the decision or effective ways of teaching

- Create the right atmosphere for the study

- Material and moral incentives

- Lecture developmental audit, or workshop lesson Model.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic

exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)

The instructors of the course are checking together and put a unique process of evaluation

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement 1-The following points may help to get the course effectiveness:

* Student evaluation.

* Course report.

* Program report.

* Program self-study.

2- According to point 1 the plan of improvement should be given

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No (‎…..‎)‎Date …‎/‎….‎/‎…..‎H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Kamal Nazmi Name : Prof: Adel Zaki Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 191

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Courses Description

Level 7

Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code

CSI 321 3 0 2 2 Artificial Intelligence CSI 411

CSI 313 3 0 2 2 Operating Systems CSI 412

CSI 222 3 0 2 2 Compiler Design CSI 413

*** 3 * * * Elective Course 1 ***

-- 2 0 0 2 Elective Arabic Course ARAB ***

-- 2 0 0 2 Elective Islamic Course 2 ISL***

72 Cr. Hrs 1 0 0 1 Summer Training CSI 400

17 Total

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 192

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Artificial Intelligent

CSI 411

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 193

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Artificial Intelligence Course Code: (CSI 411)

2. Credit hours : 3(2 lectures + 2 labs)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and Information

Program

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Mahdi Jemmali

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 7th

level – 2014/2015

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI321

Design and Analysis of Algorithms

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : none N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus: (College of Science at AzZulfi)

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? 5 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? …….%

F - Other √ What percentage? 5 %

Comments : One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors

worldwide. They illustrate the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a different presentation.

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? The course provides an introduction to the types of problems and techniques in Artificial

Intelligence. Problem-Solving methods and major structures used in Artificial Intelligence programs,

constraint satisfaction problems.

Study of knowledge representation techniques such as predicate logic, non-monotonic logic, and

probabilistic reasoning. Application areas of AI such as game playing, expert systems, Machine

learning and natural language processing.

Project: cover some course areas using a logic programming tool (Prolog language for example).

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 194

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

being implemented : 35. Provide an introduction to Artificial Intelligence programming by exploring Common Lisp

and Prolog languages.

36. Updating the study material of the course in order to incorporate the new research in the

field.

37. Use online resources and animations to help students to enhance knowledge about the topics

that are presented in the course.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Introduction 1 3

2. Intelligent Agents 2 6

3. Logical Agents 2 6

4. First-Order Logic 2 6

5. Inference in First-Order Logic 2 6

6. Prolog programming 2 6

7. Expert system 3 9

8. Problem Solving 3 9

9. Informed search methods 2 6

10. Adversarial Search 1 3

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 - 30 - - 60

Credit 30 - 15 - - 45

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 195

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students

per week. 5 Hours

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:

Before the lectures start students are required to study some topics on their own.

The topics cover:

Overview of AI areas of application

Structures & strategies for state space search

First-order logic

Knowledge representation

Research methods

Expert system development and AI programming

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work hours

21. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Have an understanding of space search and search algorithms,

logic based knowledge representation of issues in reasoning

methods.

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Team work

Exercises

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

1.2 Have an understanding of the limitations of current symbolic AI

paradigm.

1.3

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Be able to select appropriate search paradigms for selected

problems

Lectures.

Lab

demonstrations.

Case studies.

Individual

presentations.

Brainstorming.

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

2.2 Be able to design a simple agent system with its associated

ontology

2.3

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in groups and learn how to manage the time. Small group Written Exam

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 196

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

3.2 Present short report in a written form orally using an appropriate

scientific language.

discussions.

Whole group

discussions.

Brainstorming.

Presentations.

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate with instructor, ask questions, solve

problems, and use computers.

Small group

discussions.

Whole group

discussions.

Brainstorming.

Presentations.

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills to gather

information about a selected topic.

4.3

Ask questions during the lecture, learn to work in groups,

and communicate with the instructor. Also periodically visit

the recommended sites.

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 N/A

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 10%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 10%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments

After Every

chapter 10%

5

Practical exam 15 20%

6

Final exam 16 40%

Total 100%

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 197

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun: 1-3, Mon. 10-1, Wed. 10-12

Office call: Sun. 10-12 and Wed 10-12

Email: [email protected]

E. Learning Resources

1.List Required Textbooks :

Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach, Stuart Russell & Peter Norvig, Prentice Hall,

Published Date: Dec 1, 2009.

Logic for Artificial Intelligence & Information Technology, DOV GABBAY, 2006

2. List Essential References Materials :

George F. Luger, Artificial Intelligence: structures and strategies for complex problem

solving, Addison-Wesley; 6 edition, (March 9, 2011)

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

David Poole and Alan Mackworth, Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of Computational

Agents, Cambridge University Press, 2010.

4. List Electronic Materials : http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105077/

http://cs.mcgill.ca/~jpineau/comp424/schedule.html

22. Other learning material : Video and presentations that available with the instructor

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classrooms and Laboratories, as those that are available at the college of science at AzZulfi.

2. Computing resources Smart Board

3.Otherresources N/A

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Analysis of students’ results.

Observation during class work.

Students’ evaluations.

Colleagues’ evaluations.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 198

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.

Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : Self-assessment.

External evaluation.

Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training courses 4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Reviewing instructor's assessment strategy

Designing assessments which allow students to demonstrate their achievement of the

learning outcomes

Common assessment tasks

Assessing group work

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.

Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.

Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules commission.

Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept up with

developments in the field.

Make use of the statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve and

develop the course.

Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is taught and receive

suggestions and study their effectiveness.

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No (‎…..‎)‎Date …‎/‎….‎/‎…..‎H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Mahdi Jemmali Name : Asoc.Prof.YosryAzaam

Signature : Signature : ..........................

Date : 24/ 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 199

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Operating Systems

CSI 412

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 200

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Operating Systems Course Code: CSI 412

2. Credit hours : 3 credit hours (2 lecture + 2 Laboratory)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and

Information Program

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered: 7th

level – 3

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Computer Organization and Assembly Language CIS 313

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None

9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at AzZulfi

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors worldwide. They illustrate

the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a different presentation.

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course?

The goal of this course is to introduce Fundamental concepts of operating-systems, principles of

modern operating systems, including operating systems structures, system performance and models,

systems with multiprogramming, process and thread management, processor scheduling,

synchronization, basic concepts of deadlock, memory management, File-System Interface ,Storage

Structure ,Data Storage on Disks ,File-Systems : Fat ، Fat32 ، NTFS, Hardware Protection.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented :

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 201

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

38. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.

39. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Introduction 1 4

2. Operating System Structure 1 4

3. Processes 1 4

4. Threads 1 4

5. CPU Scheduling 2 8

6. Process Synchronization 1 4

7. Deadlocks 2 8

8. Memory Management 1 4

9. Virtual Memory 1 4

10. File System Interface and Implementation 1 4

11. I/O Systems and Mass Storage Structure 1 4

12. I/O Systems and Mass Storage Structure 1 4

13. Security and Protection 1 4

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 - 30 - - 60

Credit 30 - 15 - - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:

reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 202

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

browsing the websites that concerned with the course,

solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,

discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics

worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Computer system structures: - I/O sub-systems. - Storage hierarchy. - Discuss/explain the concepts of Hardware protection.

Lectures Lab demonstrations Case studies Individual presentations

Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes

1.2 Process management. - Discuss/explain the different techniques in Process schedule. -Tune and optimize some Operation on processes

1.3 Deadlock and CPU scheduling - Definition and Detection Algorithm. - Carefully explain the concepts of Single and multiprocessor scheduling

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Explain the core issues of cloud computing such as security, privacy, and interoperability.

Lectures Lab demonstrations Case studies Individual presentations Brainstorming

Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes

2.2 Choose the appropriate technologies, algorithms, and

approaches for the related issues.

2.3 Identify problems, and explain, analyze, and evaluate

various cloud computing solutions.

2.4 Attempt to generate new ideas and innovations in cloud

computing.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in a group and learn time management Small group discussion Whole group discussion Brainstorming Presentation

Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities

3.2 Learn how to search for information through library and internet..

3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally using appropriate scientific language.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 203

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

Quizzes

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve problems, and use computers.

Small group discussion Whole group discussion Brainstorming Presentation

Observations Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities

4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills to gather

information about a selected topic.

4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in groups, and

communicate with each other and with me electronically, and

periodically visit the sites I recommended.

5.0 Psychomotor

N/A

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments After each chapter 10%

5

Practical exam 15 10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

Total

100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun: 8-10, Mon. 8-10, Tus. 1-3.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 204

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Office call: Mon. 12-1 and Tus 12-1

Email:

Mobile:

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Modern Operating Systems (third edition), Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Prentice Hall Publishers,

2007, ISBN-10: 0-13-600663-9, ISBN-13: 978-0136006633

2. List Essential References Materials : Operating System Concepts, Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin, Greg Gagne, 8th edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2008.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : None

4. List Electronic Materials :

Determines as the course is going on.

5. Other learning material : Video and presentation are available with me

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classrooms for lectures which are featured to traditional education, e-learning, and

equipped with a computer, display device, data show screen, ordinary blackboard, smart

board, integrated sound system, proper lighting system, and proper conditioning system.

2. Computing resources Smart Board

3. Other resources Non

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Analysis of students’ results.

Observation during work.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 205

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Students’ evaluations.

Colleagues’ evaluations.

Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.

Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : Self-assessment.

External evaluation.

Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of the course.

Guidelines about course teaching provided by the by study plans commission.

Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of direct observation.

Training and development.

Workshops to improve the educational process.

4 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.

Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.

Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules Commission.

Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept up with developments

in the field.

Make use of statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve and develop the

course.

Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is taught and receive

suggestions and study their effectiveness.

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Name : ..........................

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 22/12 /1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 206

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Compiler Design

CSI 413

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 207

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Compiler Design Course Code: CSI 413

2. Credit hours : (3)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Naveed Ejaz

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 7th level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 222

CSI 221

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None

9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science in Zulfi )

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80%

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning √ What percentage? 5 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F – Other (Open Discussions) √ What percentage? 5 %

Comments :

...........................................................................................................

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? The goal of this course is to introduce the design and implementation of compilers.

Topics include: compiler organization, algorithms for lexical, syntactic and semantic

analysis, top-down and bottom-up parsing (e.g., recursive descent, LL, LR, LALR

parsing), symbol table organization, error detection and recovery, intermediate and

object code generation, and code optimization. Student has to implement a compiler

for a simple high level language (like mini C) as a project .

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 1. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.

2. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 208

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Introduction to Compilers: The role of language translation in the programming process,

Comparison of interpreters and compilers, Language translation

phases, Machine dependent and machine independent aspects of

translation, Language translation as a software engineering

activity

2

6

2. Lexical Analysis: Application of regular expressions in Lexical Analysis, Scanning, hand coded scanner vs. automatically generated scanners, formal definition of tokens, implementation of finite state automata.

3

9

3. Syntax Analysis and Parsing: Revision of formal definition of grammars, BNF and EBNF,

Bottom­up vs. Top­down parsing, Tabular vs.

Recursive­descent parsers, Error handling,

3

9

4. Parser Generators:

Automatic generation of tabular parsers, Symbol table

management, Use of tools in support of the translation

process

2

6

5. Semantic Analysis: Data type as set of values with set of operations, data types,

Type­ checking models, Semantic models of User defined

types, Parametric polymorphism, Subtype polymorphism, Type

checking algorithms.

2

6

6. Intermediate Code Generation Intermediate and object code, intermediate representations,

implementation of code generators

3

9

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 ............ 30 ............ ............ 60

Credit 30 ............ 15 ............ ............ 45

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 209

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

The private self-study is crucial for this course. It includes:

Carefully reading the topics in the textbook and reference book,

Browsing the related websites,

Solving the chapter exercises,

Discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

Watching the related video lectures

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work

hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Understand the structure of compilers Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

1.2 Understand the basic techniques and data structures used in

compiler construction such as lexical analysis,

top-down, bottom-up parsing, context-sensitive analysis, and

intermediate code generation

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.2 Design and implement a compiler using a software

engineering approach

Case Studies,

Home works,

Group

Discussions

Homework,

Project,Class

Activities

2.3 Identify problems, and explain, analyze, and evaluate various

design strategies of compilers.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

3.2

Present a short report in a written form and orally using

appropriate scientific language.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 210

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve problems,

and use computers.

Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills to gather

information about a selected topic.

5.0 Psychomotor

N/A

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments After Every

chapter

10%

5

Practical exam 15 10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

7

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support 1. office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.

2. The contact with students by e-mail , mobile, office telephone and website.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 211

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

R Sethi , J D Ullman & Addison-Wesley : Compilers: Principals, Techniques, and

Tools, 3rd , 2007, Addison-Wesley.

2. List Essential References Materials :

Modern Compiler Implementation in Java, Cambridge University Press, 2003

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

None

4. List Electronic Materials :

https://www.coursera.org/.

5. Other learning material :

Video and presentations that are available with the instructor.

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Class Rooms

Computer Labs

Library

2. Computing resources

Smart Board

3. Other resources None

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Analysis of students’ results.

Observation during work.

Students’ evaluations.

Colleagues’ evaluations.

Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.

Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Self-assessment.

External evaluation.

Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 212

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of

the course.

Guidelines about course teaching provided by the by study plans commission.

Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of

direct observation.

Training and development.

Workshops to improve the educational process.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Instructors of the course working together with Head of Department to adopt a

unique process of the evaluation.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.

Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.

Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules

Commission.

Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept

up with developments in the field.

Make use of statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve

and develop the course.

Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is

taught and receive suggestions and study their effectiveness.

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Naveed Ejaz Name : Assoc. Prof. Yosry

Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 213

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Courses Description

Level 8

Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code

CSI 321 3 0 2 2 Distributed Systems & Parallel Processing CSI 421

CSI 325 3 0 2 2 Software Engineering 2 CSI 422

CSI 321 3 0 1 3 Cryptography and Information Security CSI423

Math 310 3 0 2 2 Computer Graphics CSI 425

*** 3 * * * Elective Course 2 ***

-- 2 0 0 2 Elective Islamic Course 3 ISL ***

17 Total

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 214

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Distributed Systems & Parallel

Processing

CSI 421

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 215

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Distributed System &

Parallel Processing Course Code: (CSI-421)

2. Credit hours : (2 lecture + 2 Laboratory)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and

Information Program

4 – Course Language : ENGLISH

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: ISSA ALSMADI

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 8th

Level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Design & Analysis of Algorithms CSI 321

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus:

College of Science at Az Zulf

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 5 %

D - e-learning √ What percentage? 5 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors

worldwide. They illustrate the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a

different presentation.

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? The objective of this course is to introduce students to the fundamentals and techniques of

distributed computing and provide them with the basic skills of how to write distributed programs.

Topics to be covered include: distributed computing, distributed programming, distributed systems,

concurrency, distributed computing paradigms, inter-process communications, group

communications, operating system support, distributed objects, application programming interfaces

(RMI, RPC), client server model, the socket API, security issues and Internet applications.

In this course also, student will study an introduction to parallel processing. Models of parallel

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 216

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

machines. Parallel programming paradigms and models. Performance analysis of parallel systems.

Parallel programming languages and frameworks. Students are expected to develop distributed

applications using latest technologies.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented: 1. Using group discussion.

2. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Introduction The concept of parallel computers and programming,

Extension of a single processor system into a shared memory

multiprocessor, The message-passing multiprocessor (multicomputer),

Static interconnection networks suitable for message-passing

multicomputer.

2 8

2. Message Passing Computing -MPI and PVM: Process creation and

basic message-passing techniques , Software tools for harnessing a

network of workstations, Modeling communication ,

Communication latency and latency hiding,Time complexity of parallel

algorithms.

3 12

3. Performance Measures - Analysis of Parallel Programs:

1 4

4. Embarrassingly Parallel Computations-Simple Data Partitioning:

an (ideal) embarrassingly parallel computation 'Embarrassingly

parallel problems and analyses , Partitioning a two-dimensional data

set, Work pool approach to achieve load balancing , Counter

termination algorithm.

2 8

5. Divide-and-Conquer - Pipelined Computations Partitioning and

divide-and-conquer concepts as the basis for parallel computing

techniques. Tree constructions. 1 4

6. Scheduling and Load Balancing - Synchronous Computations :The

concept of a barrier and its implementations (global barriers and local

barriers), Data parallel computations, The concept of synchronous

iteration, Examples of using global and local barriers.

2 8

7. Shared Memory Programming - Sorting Algorithms : Rank sort ,

Bubble sort, Odd-even transposition sort, Shear sort, Merge

sort, Quicksort, including on a hypercube, Odd-even merge sort, Bitonic

merge sort.

2 8

8. Numerical Algorithms - Image Processing : Different parallel 2 8

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 217

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

implementations of matrix multiplication (direct, recursive, mesh),

Solving a system of linear equations using Gaussian elimination, Basic

low level preprocessing operations (thresholding, contrast stretching,

histograms, smoothing, sharpening, noise reduction.

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 30 - - - 60

Credit 30 15 - - - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5 Hours

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Understand the fundamental aspects of parallel

and distributed processing

Lectures.

Lab

demonstrations.

Case studies.

Individual

presentations.

Written

Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

1.2 Be familiar with taxonomies of parallel systems

1.3 Be familiar with performance measures for

parallel systems

1.4 Understand the theoretical limitations of parallel

computing such as intractability

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 To explain the beneficial and challenging aspects Lectures. Written

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 218

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

of parallelism Lab

demonstrations.

Case studies.

Individual

presentations.

Brainstorming.

Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

2.2 Write efficient parallel application programs

2.3

Apply the common sort algorithms techniques

on data structures types using the mpi.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Small group

discussions.

Whole group

discussions.

Brainstorming.

Presentations.

Written

Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

3.2 Learn how to search for information through

library and internet.

3.3

Present a short report in a written form and orally

using appropriate scientific language.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve

problems, and use computers.

Small group

discussions.

Whole group

discussions.

Brainstorming.

Presentations.

Written

Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills

to gather information about a selected topic.

4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in

groups, and communicate with each other and

with me electronically, and periodically visit the

sites I recommended.

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 N/A

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 219

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1 First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2 Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3 Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%

4 Homework assignments After Every

chapter 10%

5 Practical exam 15 10%

6 Final written exam 16 40%

7 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Office hours: Sun: 8-10, Mon. 8-10, Tus. 1-3.

Office call: Mon. 12-1 and Tus 12-1

Email: [email protected]

E. Learning Resources

1.List Required Textbooks :

Distributed Systems: Concepts and Design (5th Edition) Hardcover – May

7, 2011

by George Coulouris , Jean Dollimore ,Tim indberg , Gordon Blair .

ISBN-13: 978-0132143011

2. List Essential References Materials :

Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms (2nd Edition) by Andrew S.

Tanenbaum and Maarten Van Steen (Oct 12, 2006).

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

N/A

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 220

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. List Electronic Materials :

Determines as the course is going on.

5. Other learning material :

Videos and presentations are available with the instructor.

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classrooms and Labs available at College of science in Zulfi

2. Computing resources

Smart Board.

3.Otherresources N/A.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Analysis of students’ results.

Observation during work.

Students’ evaluations.

Colleagues’ evaluations.

Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.

Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Self-assessment.

External evaluation.

Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of

the course.

Guidelines about course teaching provided by the by study plans commission.

Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of

direct observation.

Training and development.

Workshops to improve the educational process.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 221

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students

by others.

Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per

semester.

Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.

Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.

Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules

Commission.

Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept

up with developments in the field.

Make use of statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve

and develop the course.

Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is

taught and receive suggestions and study their effectiveness.

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No(6 ) Date 23./ 3 / 1436H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Mr. ISSA ALSMADI Name : Dr YosryAzzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 23./ 3 / 1436H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 222

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Software Engineering (2)

CSI 422

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 223

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Software Engineering 2 Course Code: CSI 422

2. Credit hours : ( 3 ) (2 Lecture + 2 Lab)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: .............................

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 8th

level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 325

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus :( College of Science at Az Zulfi )

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? …. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? …. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors

worldwide. They illustrate the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a

different presentation.

B. Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course?

This course introduces students a complex view of object-oriented software

development process, aiming in the ability to solve real problems in the given domain.

In this course, the student will learn and apply a unified methodology to the analysis,

design, implementation, testing and demonstration of a software system of a

significant size and complexity. Topics include: Object-oriented software processes,

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 224

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

requirements engineering, system models, Unified Modeling Language (UML)

concepts (class diagram, object diagram, use case diagram, collaboration diagram,

sequence diagram, component diagram, and deployment diagram), rapid application

development and CASE tools for object-oriented systems, object-oriented system

testing, operation, maintenance and management.

Here are several course goals:

To help students to be aware of key aspects of current software engineering

approaches.

Develop skills that will enable them to construct object oriented software of high

quality and to function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal.

Create models of software data and processes using object oriented modeling

approaches.

Use a common method (UML diagrams) to specify the requirements and design

of a moderately sized software product.

Discuss key principles and common methods for software project management

such as scheduling, size estimation, cost estimation and risk analysis.

Build solutions using different technologies, architectures and life-cycle

approaches in the context of different organizational structures.

Successfully assume a variety of roles in teams of diverse membership.

Demonstrate professionalism including continued learning and professional

activities.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented :

40. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the methods and practices

that are presented in the course.

41. Formative exams during the term with a feedback to the students, so

these examinations can be used as a method of learning..

42. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.

43. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

44. Help students to develop their knowledge about the topics that are presented in

the course.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 225

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

25. Introduction to Object-Oriented Software Engineering:

Object-Oriented Software Engineering principles - Professional

software development - Software engineering ethics - Case

studies.

1 4

26. Object-oriented Software Processes:

Agile process models, process activities, the Rational Unified

Process (RUP), Computer-Aided Software Engineering, and

object-oriented task management using suitable CASE tools.

2 8

27. System Models & Requirements Using UML:

Context models, behavioral models, data models, object models,

CASE workbenches, UML modeling, and using UML diagrams

to specify the requirements of a moderately sized software

product.

2 8

28. Object Oriented Concepts:

Unified Modeling Language (UML): Class diagram, object

diagram, use case diagram, collaboration diagram, sequence

diagram, component diagram, and deployment diagram, and

writing a software requirements specification document for

object-oriented systems using appropriate CASE tools (e. g.

power designer).

3 12

29. Rapid application development:

Rapid application development and CASE tools for object-

oriented systems, writing SDS (Software Design Specification)

document for Object -oriented systems using CASE tools (e. g.

power designer).

3 12

30. System Testing and Maintenance:

Object-oriented systems testing, operation and maintenance,

using CASE tools in the auto-generation of object-oriented code,

and object oriented development using reuse approaches.

2 8

31. Project Management: 2 8

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 226

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Software project management, project scheduling, project

staffing, software configuration management, quality assurance,

and project monitoring.

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 ............ 30 ............ ............ 60

Credit 30 ............ 15 ............ ............ 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:

implementing methods and practices using suitable CASE tools,

reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

searching the websites that concerned with the course,

solving the exercises that are assigned,

discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

watching video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics

worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work

hours.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 227

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Acquire knowledge of computing and mathematics

appropriate to software engineering including simulation

and modeling, and Understand of best practices and

standards and their application related to software

engineering.

Lectures

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Identify and analyze user needs and take them into account

in the selection, creation, evaluation and administration of

computer-based systems.

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Brainstorming

Written

Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

2.2 Apply software engineering principles and practices to the

planning and development of actual software projects, and

expert proficiency in the UML2 superstructure to design

software architectures.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Use current techniques, skills, and tools necessary for

software engineering practice.

Small group

discussion

Lab

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written

Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 228

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

4.1 Function effectively on teams to accomplish a common

goal, and Communicate effectively with a range of

audiences.

Small group

discussion

Lab

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written

Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

5.0 Psychomotor N/A..........................

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2 Second written mid-term exam 12

15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group

discussion Every week 5%

4

Homework assignments After Every

chapter 5%

5

Final written exam 16 40%

6

Final Lab Exam 15 20%

Total 100%

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 229

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual

student consultations and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching

staff are expected to be available each week)

Office hours: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM

Office call: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM

Email: [email protected]

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, 9th Ed, Addison-Wesley, 2011.

2. List Essential References Materials :

Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A practitioner’s Approach, 6th ed,

McGraw-Hill Science, 2009.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON SOFTWARE ENGINEERING JOURNAL.

ANNALS OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING JOURNAL.

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING JOURNAL.

4. List Electronic Materials :

http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?branch=Comp

https://www.coursera.org/

5. Other learning material :

Video and presentations that available with the instructor.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 230

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

F. Facilities Required

1. Accommodation

Classrooms,

Library, and

Laboratories, as those that are available at the college of science at AzZulfi

2. Computing resources Smart Board

3. Other resources

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is

electronically organized by the university.

Student-faculty management meetings.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Discussion within the staff members teaching the course.

Departmental internal review of the course.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training course.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Instructors of the course are checking together and put a unique process of the

evaluation.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Course evaluation

Exam evaluation

Improvement plan

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 231

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head

Name : Dr. Zeiad El-Saghir Name : Associate Prof. Yosry Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature :

Date : 23 / 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 232

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Cryptography and Information

Security

CSI 423

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 233

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Cryptography and

Information Security Course Code: CSI-423

2. Credit hours : 3 (3 lecture + 1 lab)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and Information

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hassan Aly

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 8th level/ 5

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Design and Analysis of Algorithms (CSI 321)

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at AzZulfi

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning √ What percentage? 10 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? …….‎%

F - Other What percentage? …….%

Comments :

One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside lab discussions on the implementation of the security

protocols presented in the course.

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? The aim of this course is to facilitate understanding of the inherent strengths and limitations of

cryptography, especially when used as a tool for information security. Armed with this knowledge,

student should be able to make more informed decisions when building secure systems.

The course covers various aspects of symmetric and asymmetric cryptography. While some topics

will be dealt with in more detail, the course will attempt to provide a broad coverage of possibly all

the core areas of cryptography. The students will be expected to implement and analyze some simple

cryptographic schemes and read various articles. To understand the principles of encryption

algorithms; conventional and public key cryptography. To have a detailed knowledge about

authentication, hash functions and application level security mechanisms. The main course

objectives can be outlined in the following points: 1. Develop an understanding of information assurance as practiced in computer systems and network

applications.

2. Gain familiarity with prevalent network and distributed system attacks and defenses against them.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 234

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3. Develop an understanding of cryptography, how it has evolved, and some key encryption techniques

used today.

4. Develop an understanding of security polices (such as authentication, integrity, and confidentiality),

as well as protocols to implement such policies in the form of message exchanges.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 45. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.

46. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

47. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the algorithms that are presented in the course.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

4. Overview: computer security concepts, the OSI security Architecture, Security attacks, Security mechanisms, Model of network security.

1 4

5. Classical Encryption Techniques: Symmetric cipher model, substitution techniques, Transposition techniques, Rotor machines.

2 8

6. Block ciphers and DES: Block cipher principles, DES, the strength of DES, Differential and linear cryptanalysis, Block cipher design principles.

2 8

7. Review of Mathematical concepts: Divisibility, Division algorithm, the Euclidean algorithm, Modular arithmetic, Groups, rings, fields. Finite Fields.

1 4

8. Advanced Encryption Standard: Finite Field Arithmetic, AES structures, AES transformation, AES key expansion.

2 8

9. Block cipher operation: Multiple and triple DES, ECB, CBC, CFB, OFB, Counter, and XTS mode of encryptions.

1 4

10. Review of Number theory concepts: prime numbers, Fermat's and Euler's theorem, testing primality, Chinese remainder theorem, Discrete logarithms.

1 4

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 235

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

11. Public key Cryptography and RSA: principles of public key cryptosystems, The RSA algorithm.

1 4

12. Other public key cryptosystem: DH scheme, ElGamal cryptosystem. 1 4

13. Cryptographic Hash functions: Applications of Cryptographic hash functions, simple hash functions, SHA-3, Digital signatures. Applications in authentication.

3 12

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 45 - 15 - - 60

Credit 45 - - - - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5 Hours

The private self-study of the attending student is crucial for this course. It includes:

reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

implementing security algorithms using C++ ,

browsing the websites that concerned with the course,

solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,

discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work

hours.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 236

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Assess the implications of cryptography in terms of privacy,

security, and ethical issues.

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

1.2 Evaluate and compare encryption standards and techniques.

1.3 define the basic terminology , notation, and concepts of

computer security.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Compile, integrate and appraise various methods of encryption

information.

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Brainstorming

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

Observations

2.2 Measure and determine appropriate encryption standards and

techniques to suite specific business and technological needs.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Analyze strengths and weaknesses in different systems. Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

3.2 Design security protocols and methods to solve specified

security problem.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 work cooperatively in a small group environment. Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Observations

Homework

assignments

Lab assignments

Class Activities

4.2 keep your computer safe from different threats.

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 ..................................................................... .................. ..................

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 237

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments After each

chapter 10%

5

Implementation of presented protocols Every two

weeks 10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

7

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon. 10-12, Wed. 10-12

Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Wed 12-1

Email: [email protected]

Mobile: 0538231332

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

W. Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice,

Prentice Hall, Six Edition. 2013.

2. List Essential References Materials :

C. Kaufman, Radia Perlman, Mike Speciner, Network Security, Private

Communication in a PublicWorld, Prentice Hall, 2002

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 238

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Journal of cryptology.

4. List Electronic Materials :

www.iacr.org

5. Other learning material :

Video and presentation are available with me

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classroom and Labs as that available at college of science at AzZulfi are

enough.

2. Computing resources

Smart Board

3. Other resources

N/A

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is

electronically organized by the university.

Student-faculty management meetings.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Discussion within the staff members teaching the course

Departmental internal review of the course.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training course.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 239

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students

by others.

Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per

semester.

Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Course evaluation

Exam evaluation

Improvement plan

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s‎Coordinator Department Head Name : Hassan Aly Name : Yosry Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 240

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Computer Graphics

CSI 425

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 241

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Computer Graphics Course Code: (CSI-425)

2. Credit hours : 3 (2 lecture + 2 Laboratory)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and

Information Program

4 – Course Language : ENGLISH

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: ISSA ALSMADI

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 8thlevel

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Linear Algebra & Differential Equations (MATH 310)

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus: College of Science at AzZulf

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 5%

D - e-learning What percentage? 5 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors

worldwide. They illustrate the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a

different presentation.

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? The main objective of this module is to introduce students to the main concepts of

computer graphics. It starts with an overview of interactive computer graphics, two

dimensional system and mapping, then it presents the most important drawing

algorithm, two-dimensional transformation; Clipping, filling and an introduction to 3-

D graphics.

The purpose of this course is to:

1. Introduce the students with the concepts and principles of computer graphics.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 242

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2. Give a thorough description of computer graphics hardware and software

systems.

3. Understand the theory and application of Transformation and Viewing.

4. Understand the graphics pipeline: Modeling, Viewing and Rendering.

5. Design and implement a simple project using OpenGL.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 48. Using group discussion.

49. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. A Survey of Computer Graphics Applications: CAD/CAM, Art,

Entertainment, Education, Training, Visualization, GUI, Image

Processing. 1 4

2. Overview of Computer Graphics& Systems Graphics :Primitives

and Packages, The Graphical Pipeline, CRT, Raster-Scan and Random-Scan

displays, Color CRT Monitors, Flat-Panel Displays, Video Controller, Display

Processor, CLUT … etc.

2 8

3. Colors and Grayscales: Beam-Penetration method

Shadow-mask method. 2 8

4. Output Primitives and Attributes:

Points, Lines, Circles, Ellipses. Examples - Open GL. 2 8

5. 2D and 3D Modeling

Types of Modeling, Types of Geometric Models 1 4

6. 2D Transformations and Viewing:

Translation, Scaling, Rotation, Shearing ,reflection, Examples - Open

GL. 2 8

7. 3D Transformation and Viewing:

3D Representation, Translation, Scaling, Rotation, Examples - Open

GL

1 4

8. 2D Viewing and 3D Viewing: Windows and Viewports, Window-To-

Viewport Coordinate Transformation, Point clipping, line clipping,

Cohen-Sutherland Line Clipping, 3d Rendering Pipeline ,Examples -

Open GL.

2 8

9. projection :Parallel and Perspective Projection,Orthographic Parallel

Projection, Oblique Parallel Projection,Oblique Projection,Cavalier

Projections,Cabinet Projections, Examples - Open GL. 2 8

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 243

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 30 - - - 60

Credit 30 15 - - - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5 Hours

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Students will have an appreciation of the history

and evolution of computer graphics, both

hardware and software.

Lectures.

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies.

Individual

presentations.

Written

Exam

Homework

assignment

s

Lab

assignment

s

Class

Activities

Quizzes

1.2 Students will have an understanding of 2D

graphics and algorithms including: line drawing,

polygon filling, clipping, and transformations.

They will be able to implement these concepts.

1.3 Students will understand the concepts and

techniques used in 3D computer graphics,

including viewing transformations, hierarchical

modeling, color, lighting and texture mapping.

1.4 Students will have an appreciation of the history

and evolution of computer graphics, both

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 244

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

hardware and software.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Use matrix algebra in computer graphics

application.

Lectures.

Lab

demonstrations

.

Case studies.

Individual

presentations.

Brainstorming.

Written

Exam

Homework

assignment

s

Lab

assignment

s

Class

Activities

Quizzes

2.2 Draw the basic primitives (e.g., point, line,

polygons) using OpenGL.

2.3 Apply the 2D transformations and 3D

transformations

2.4 Explain how simple line and polygon clipping

algorithms work.

2.5 Produce simple animation using OpenGL.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Small group

discussions.

Whole group

discussions.

Brainstorming.

Presentations.

Written

Exam

Homework

assignment

s

Lab

assignment

s

Class

Activities

Quizzes

3.2 Learn how to search for information through

library and internet.

3.3

Present a short report in a written form and orally

using appropriate scientific language.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve

problems, and use computers.

Small group

discussions.

Whole group

discussions.

Brainstorming.

Presentations.

Written

Exam

Homework

assignment

s

Lab

assignment

s

4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills

to gather information about a selected topic.

4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in

groups, and communicate with each other and

with me electronically, and periodically visit the

sites I recommended.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 245

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

Class

Activities

Quizzes

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 N/A

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1 First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2 Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3 Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%

4 Homework assignments After Every

chapter 10%

5 Practical exam 15 10%

6 Final written exam 16 40%

7 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Office hours: Sun: 8-10, Mon. 8-10, Tus. 1-3.

Office call: Mon. 12-1 and Tus 12-1

Email: [email protected]

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 246

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

E. Learning Resources

1.List Required Textbooks :

Computer Graphics with Open GL (4th Edition) Hardcover – November 19, 2010

by Donald D. Hearn , M. Pauline Baker , Warren Carithers . ISBN-13: 978-

0136053583

2. List Essential References Materials :

OpenGL Programming Guide: The Official Guide to Learning OpenGL, Versions

3.0 and 3.1 (7th Edition)2013

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

N/A

4. List Electronic Materials :

Determines as the course is going on.

5. Other learning material :

Videos and presentations are available with the instructor.

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classrooms and Labs available at College of science in Zulfi.

2. Computing resources

Smart Board.

3.Otherresources N/A

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Analysis of students’ results.

Observation during work.

Students’ evaluations.

Colleagues’ evaluations.

Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.

Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 247

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Self-assessment.

External evaluation.

Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of

the course.

Guidelines about course teaching provided by the by study plans commission.

Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of

direct observation.

Training and development.

Workshops to improve the educational process.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students

by others.

Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per

semester.

Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.

Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.

Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules

Commission.

Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept

up with developments in the field.

Make use of statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve

and develop the course.

Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is

taught and receive suggestions and study their effectiveness.

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23./ 12 / 1435H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : ISSA ALSMADI Name : Dr. YossryAzzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 23./ 12 / 1435H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 248

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Courses Description

Level 9

Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course name Course Code

120 Cr. Hrs 2 0 0 2 Graduation Project 1 CSI 510

CSI 322 3 0 2 2 Web Programming & Internet

Technology

CSI 511

CSI 314 3 0 2 2 Data Mining CSI 512

CSI 222 3 0 2 2 Concepts of Prg. Lang. CSI 513

*** 3 * * * Elective Course 3 ***

*** 2 0 0 2 Elective Prerequisite Univ. ***

17 Total

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 249

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Graduation Project 1

CSI 510

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 250

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Graduation Project(1) Course Code: (CSI 510)

2. Credit hours : 2 )(2 lecture)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Yousef Qawqzeh

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 9th

level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : 120 Credit Hours

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at Az Zulfi

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 50 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 20%

D - e-learning √ What percentage? 20 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

One-tenth of the course instruction is dedicated to students’ self-learning where they are asked to read papers,

books and articles related to the chosen topic.

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? This course is the first of a two-course sequence in which the students will develop a

complete software system. The second stage will be carried out in project(2). Students

will work in groups of up to four students, each group will have a supervisor to guide

them through the system development process using a specific methodology.

In this first part, each group must identify a problem domain, define the problem,

identify and specify the requirements, document the current system, analyze it,

propose alternative systems, and design a solution. The design must include the

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 251

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

definitions of all the required system models, such as the data model and the

functional model. At the end of the course, each group must submit a formal report

documenting the complete process.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 50. Using group discussion

51. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

52. Track and motivate students to submit complete project report .

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

Discussion with students the method of selecting the graduation project 2 4

Determine the subject of the project Assign references to students to read

about the project

2 4

Discussion with students the ways to build the project and set a timetable for

project.

2 4

Theoretical explanation for the building and writing of the project and the

preparation of the report

2 4

Open discussion with students about what has been accomplished over the

previous period

2 4

Implementation of the project (and processing requirements) 2 4

Showing initial outputs of the project 1 2

Final presentation of the project 1 2

Presentation to the projects committee for arbitration 1 2

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 - - - 30

Credit 30 - - - 30

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 252

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5 Hours

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:

reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

browsing the websites that concerned with the course,

discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics

worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 30 + 5 * 15 = 105work hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Knowledge of basic science to understand the

principles of scientific analysis

Provide theoretical

lectures on the concept of

graduation project

How to write a

graduation project

proposal.

Course References

Degree for

writing the

graduation

project

proposal

The

attendance of

introductory

lectures for

the project

The initial

report of the

project

Presentation

of graduation

project

1.2 Learn the skilled needed by a System Analyst to be

affective, professional and a successful individual

1.3 Ability to plan the research project and start its

implementation.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 The use of scientific, engineering, and

knowledgeable skills in the writing the proposed

graduation project

Practical applications.

Group discussions.

Lectures and definition of

the graduation project.

Student

attendance

for course

introductory 2.2 Design and planning of the graduation project

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 253

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

Provide periodic reports

of what has been achieved

during the project.

Take advantage of office

hours to the supervisor of

the project

Visit a number of

institutions and

companies related to the

field of graduation

project.

lectures--

Provide

periodic

reports on

what has

been

achieved

during those

periods.

- Submission

of the final

report for the

graduation

project

proposal

- Evaluation

of the offer at

the end of the

semester

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Ability to work within a team.

Develop the ability of analysis.

Positive thinking.

Lectures.

Group discussions.

Submission of

proposals through

brainstorming to reach

the definition of the

proposed subject for

graduation project.

The ability to write a

graduation project

proposal and write the

details for the next

phases of the project.

Observation.

Self-reactive

assessment.

The presence of

the student to

introductory

lectures and

meetings with

team members

and provide a

graduation

project proposal

and good

performance in

the performing

of required

tasks and

presentation the

project

3.2 Effective student participation during introductory

lectures and academic commitment to attend the

periodic meetings with the supervisor of the

graduation project.

contact with fellow participants in the graduation

project team.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 The ability to review scientific literatures Group discussions. Communicatio

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 254

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

4.2 The ability to use technical tools to represent the

design and implementation of project's phases. Presentations.

Make as a proposal for

graduation projects.

Visit the institutions and

companies related to the

project Graduation.

n skills

through the

presentation

using

computers and

through

advanced

projects.

Student

performance

in presence in

introductory

lectures.

Provide a

graduation

project

proposal and

periodic

reports on the

progress of the

graduation

project.

4.3 The ability to write reports

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 N/A

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

Discussion of project's title and ideas 2 5%

2

Discussion of literature review 4 10%

3

Discussion the proposed methodology 6 10%

4

Evaluating the prototype of the proposed system analysis and

design 10 10%

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 255

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

5

Presentations and progress reports

After each

phase 10%

6

Project submission 13 15%

7

Project examination

14 40%

8 Total -- 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM

Office call: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM

Email: [email protected]

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Modern System Analysis and Design, Jeffrey Hoffer, Joey George, and Joseph Valacich,

Prentice Hall.2008 2. List Essential References Materials : Systems Analysis and Design, Shelly and Rosenblatt, Delmar Learning, 2013

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : N/A

4. List Electronic Materials : Determines as the course is going on.

5. Other learning material : Videos and presentations are available with me

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation Classrooms and Labs as those that are available at college of science at AzZulfi

2. Computing resources

Smart Board 3. Other resources

N/A

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 256

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching: - Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the

university.

- Student-faculty management meetings.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : - Discussion within the staff members teaching the course

- Departmental internal review of the course.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : - Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

- Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

- Training course.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement - Reviewing the final draft of documentation by others.

- Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per semester.

- Watching the videos of other project presentations by international institutions. 5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : Extent to which students benefit from the course especially in the practice

(1) to take advantage of the recommendations of the faculty members and the Committee on

Learning and Teaching in the department and the Committee on the college study plans

(2) set a standard assay with similar courses in distinct universities in the world

(3) updated references and sources on a regular basis in accordance with the recent developments in

the specialization.

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No (6 ) Date …‎/‎….‎/‎…..‎H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Yousef Qawqzeh Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam

Signature : Yousef Qawqzeh Signature :

.

Date : …./ … / …… H Date : 22./ 12 / 1435 H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 257

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Web Programming & Internet

Technology

CSI 511

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 258

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Web Programming &

Internet Technology Course Code: CSI-511

2. Credit hours : (3)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and

Information

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Yaser Abdalla

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 5th

level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Computer Networks (CSI 322)

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus : N/A

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %

E – Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

...........................................................................................................

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course?

At the completion of this course, students should be able to do the following:

The course presents a number of powerful software technologies that will enable students to build

systems that can integrate Internet and web components, and remote databases.

It presents the “client-side” and “server-side” of web programming. For the client side, a carefully

paced introduction to using the popular JavaScript language and the closely related technologies of

XHTML (Extensible Hyper Text Markup Language), CSS (Cascading Style Sheets). Novices will

find that the material in the JavaScript chapters presents a solid foundation for the deeper treatment

of scripting.

The students shall use technologies such as web servers, databases (integrated collections of data),

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 259

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

PHP, ASP.NET, to build the server side of web-based applications. These portions of applications

typically run on “heavy-duty” computer systems on which organizations’ business-critical websites

reside.

By mastering the technologies in these courses, students will be able to build substantial web-based,

client/server, database-intensive, “multitier” applications.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented :

53. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.

54. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

55. Increasing the ability of the students to implement a complete WEB based systems that are

presented in the course.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Internet Fundamentals: addressing, routing, and servers 1 4

2. Introduction to web development 1 4

3. What is Internet Programming? 1 4

4. Introduction to HTML 3 12

5. Working with Cascade Style Sheets - CSS 2 8

6. Introduction to XML 1 4

7. Introduction to Scripting language 1 4

8. Working with Client side Script language - JavaScript 2 8

9. Working with Server side script language – PHP and ASP 3 12

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 - - 30 - 60

Credit 30 - - 15 - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 260

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Use internet services and their applications Lectures, Lab demonstrations, Case studies, and Individual presentations.

Written Exam, Homework, assignments Lab assignments, Class Activities, and quizzes.

1.2 Develop websites, the database queries, and the use

of MySQL language.

1.3 Program with web programming and its

applications.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Adhere professional, ethical, legal, security, and social issues and their responsibilities that is related to the design of web browsing.

Small group discussion Whole group discussion Brainstorming Presentation

Written Exam, Homework, assignments Lab assignments, Class Activities, and quizzes.

2.2 Understand the web browsing and how it can be used to access the web page.

2.3 Use current techniques, skills, and tools necessary for web programming practice.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Discussion with

students

Making students

aware about time

management in

completing their

assignments.

Counsel students

how to make a

good presentation

in web

technology.

Encourage

students to help

each other.

Respecting

deadlines.

Showing active

class participation.

Helping other

students to

understand tasks

in the class.

Giving clear and

logical arguments

Performing

seriously on

midterms and

final exams

3.2 Learn how to search for information through library and

internet.

3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally using

appropriate scientific language

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve

problems, and use computers. Exercises

Problem solving

oral quizzes

Essay questions

Encourage students to

Implement a real

world web information

Write reports

Exercises related

to specific topics

4.2 Illustrate and use the web technologies effectively.

4.3 Discus questions during the lecture, work in groups,

communicate with each other and with me electronically,

and periodically visit the sites I recommended.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 261

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods system.

5.0 Psychomotor: N/A

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussions Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments

After Every

chapter 10%

5

Implementation of web based systems

Every two

weeks 10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

7

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon: 10-12, Wed: 10-12

Office call: Sun: 12-1 and Wed: 12-1

Email: [email protected]

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Jennifer Niederst Robbins, Learning Web Design, Fourth Edition, August 2012,

ISBN: 978-1-449-31927-4.

2. List Essential References Materials :

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 262

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Steve Schafer , Web Standards Programmer's Reference: HTML, CSS, JavaScript, Perl,

Python, and PHP, Wrox, 2005,

Bryan Pfaffenberger, HTML, XHTML, and CSS Bible (Bible) 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2004.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : Craig Grannell, Web Designer's Reference, January 3, 2005, ISBN13: 978-1-59059-430-8

4. List Electronic Materials : Video and presentation are available in course page

www.w3schools.com/

http://faculty.mu.edu.sa/ysalem/

5. Other learning material :

N/A

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classrooms and Labs, as those that are available at college of science at AzZulfi.

2. Computing resources Education console Smart Board

3. Other resources

None.

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the university.

Student-faculty management meetings.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course

Departmental internal review of the course. 3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training course.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 263

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement It is planned to:‐ Check marking of a sample of student work by an independent faculty member.

Exchange periodically, and remark a sample of assignments with a faculty member

in one of distinguished institutes .

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : Assessment and evaluation of the level of achieving the course outcomes through a

continuous improvement process (part of a quality assurance system established by the university)

Consequently, actions are to be taken to improve the course delivery when necessary.

Review of the course objectives, outcomes and curriculum at about 2 years span

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Yaser Abdalla Name : Dr. Yousry Azzam Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 22/12/1435 H Date : 22/12/1435 H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 264

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Data Mining

CSI 512

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 265

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

23. 1 - Course title : Data Mining Course Code: CSI 512

2. Credit hours : ( 3 hrs ) (2 Lect., 2 Lab)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered:

(B.Sc.) Computer Science &Information

4 – Course Language : English

24. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Wael Khedr

25. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : Level 9

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Database CSI 314

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : .............................................................

9 - Location if not on main campus : ) ............................................................. (

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) What percentage? …….‎%

D - e-learning √ What percentage? 20 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? …….‎%

F - Other What percentage? …..‎%

Comments :

...........................................................................................................

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? The main purpose of this course is to develop the ability to analyze, classify and

construct information, knowledge, facts, and rules from raw data.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented :

Students should prepare small projects in the area of data Mining that

encourage them to develop their skills in application of data Mining.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 266

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours What's data mining all about? Examples, field applications, generalization, and ethics on using data mining discipline.

2 8

Input: Concepts, instances, and attributes; data preparation 2 8 Output: Knowledge representation; decision tables and trees, classification rules, association rules, rules with exceptions, rules involving relations, trees for numeric prediction, instance based representation, and clusters.

2 8

Algorithms - The basic methods: inferring rules, statistical modeling, constructing decision trees, constructing rules, mining association rules, linear models, instance based learning, and clustering

3 12

Weka Machine learning workbench: an introduction and the explorer 2 8 Transformations: Engineering the input and

output: attribute selection, discretization, and classification. 2 8

Running experiments with Weka software or Matlab. 2 8

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 45 - - 15 - 60

Credit 30 - - 15 - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5 Hrs.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 267

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Recall concepts, instances, and attributes; data

preparation.

Develop basic

communication

skills

Develop the

ability of students

through short

discourse.

Lecturing

Team work in

projects

Exercises

Homework.

Group Discussion

Presentation

Mid-term exam

Final test

1.2 Describe knowledge representation; decision

tables and trees.

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 An ability to extract rules involving relations, trees

for numeric prediction, instance based

classification.

Problem solving

in class

Class discussion

presentation

Individual

meeting with the

instructor

(encourage

students to discuss

different topics

outside the

classroom)

Class

participation

Presentation

Essay Question

Research

2.2

An ability to implement and use rules for numeric

prediction, instance based representation and

cluster data.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Discussion with

students

Making students

aware of time

management in

completing their

assignments.

Counsel students

on how to make a

good presentation

Respect deadlines.

Showing active

class participation.

Help other students

to understand tasks

in the class.

Give clear and

logical arguments

Study seriously for

midterms and final

3.2

Learn how to search for information in the library

and over the internet.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 268

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

in data mining.

Encourage

students to help

each other.

exams

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve

clusters problems, and data classification. Exercises

Problem solving

oral quizzes

Essay questions

Encourage

students to use

dataset application

provided by

Weka/Matlab

software.

Write reports

Exercises related to

specific topics

4.2 Illustrate ability to deal confidently with

experiments in Weka or Matlab software.

5.0 Psychomotor

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First exam* 6 15 %

2

Second exam* 12 15 %

3

Lab. Exam 15 15 %

4

Presentation One/ semester

15 % 5

Homework Every week

6

quizzes End topics

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 269

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

7

Discussions Every week

8 Team group Three time/ semester

9 Tutorials Every sub topic

10 Computer tools used Every report and presentation

11 Project -

12 Peer project -

13 Final exam * End of the semester 40%

Total 100 %

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support 1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)

2. At least 6 well-declared office hours per week are available for all the students.

3. Supervision and reviewing of activities are conducted directly.

4. E-mail is permanently available.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

1. Tan, P., Steinbach, M., and Kumar, V., Introduction to Data Mining, Pearson Education, Inc., 2006. 2. Han, J., Kamber, M., Pei, J., Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Third Edition, 2011

2. List Essential References Materials :

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

.............................................................

.............................................................

............................................................

4. List Electronic Materials :

http://www-users.cs.umn.edu/~kumar/dmbook/index.php

http://web.engr.illinois.edu/~hanj/bk3/

5. Other learning material :

Non.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 270

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation Lecture rooms are well equipped with:

Air conditioned with at least 20 adequate seats.

Interactive/smart board.

Up-to-date projector.

An Auditorium is well equipped with:

Air conditioned with at least 100 adequate seats.

Interactive/smart board.

Up-to-date projector.

2. Computing resources Personal computer with necessary up-to-date software.

DBS Smart Systems.

Interactive board.

Laptop.

3. Other resources Colored printer (needed).

Central laser-printer and scanner.

Wall boards (are essentially needed).

Internet inside the classroom (missed).

Library: Up to date scientific books in the library.

Wi-Fi and internet connections are available inside the teaching staff rooms and the seminar room.

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) filled by the students and acquired electronically by the University.

Students-faculty management meetings. 2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : A department committee is established to be responsible for the development of the strategies for teaching

through:

Discussions amongst the staff members teaching the course.

Departmental internal review of the course.

External review of the course.

Discussion with the industrial partners to enhance the courses in order to meet their needs.

Use web resources and e-learning to improve the course.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Providing the computer labs with up-to-date computers and software.

Conducting and attending workshops given by experts on teaching and learning methodologies.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 271

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Periodical departmental and external revisions of the methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activities by senior faculty members (course and program reports).

Training Courses.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Effectiveness of the course will be reflected from the results of the class, so reviewing the final exam

questions and a sample of corrected papers is essential. This could be achieved by members of the teaching

staff (or/and external reviewers) in addition to other duties such as discussing ideas and ways of teaching and

learning. The course should be developed periodically to ensure that it contains the latest developments in the

field of study. Development areas could be put as an objective in the report of the course to be achieved each

semester.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : 1- Course Evaluation

2- Exam Evaluation

3- Improvement plan

4- Program Outlearning with course outlearning

5- Outlearning from the pre-requisite course

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s‎Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Wael Khedr Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam

Signature : Wael Khedr Signature : ..........................

Date : 22/ 12/ 1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 272

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Concepts of Programming

Languages

CSI 513

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 273

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

26. 1 - Course title : Concepts of Programming

Languages

Course Code: CSI 513

2. Credit hours : ( 3 ) (2 Lec. + 2 Lab)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer science and

information

4 – Course Language : English

27. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Noureldin Laban

28. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : : 9th

level – 1435/1436

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Discrete Mathematics for Computer Science 2 (CSI 222)

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) :

9 - Location if not on main campus : ) ............................................................. (

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning √ What percentage? 10 %

E - Correspondence What percentage? …….‎%

F - Other What percentage? ……. %

Comments :

...........................................................................................................

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? Concepts of Programming Languages introduces students to the main constructs of

contemporary programming languages and provides the tools needed to critically

evaluate the existing and future programming languages. Students gain a solid

foundation for understanding the fundamental concepts of programming languages

through the course presentation of design issues for various language constructs, the

examination of the design choices for these constructs in some of the most common

languages, and critical comparison of the design alternatives. In addition, the course

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 274

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

provides an in-depth discussion of programming language structures, presents a

formal method of describing syntax, and introduces approaches to lexical and

syntactic analysis.

The purpose of this course is to

1. Provide students with better understanding of significance of implementation.

2. Acquaint students with the ability to learn new languages.

3. Introduce students to various programming language concepts including

binding, scope, lifetime, parameter passing etc.

4. Enable students to be efficient in their work.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented : 1. Using group discussions through the internet with course attending students.

2. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

3. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the concepts that are

presented in the course.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Preliminaries: Reasons for Studying Concepts of Programming Languages, Programming Domains, Language Evaluation Criteria, Influences on Language Design, Language Categories, Language Design Trade-Offs, Implementation Methods, Programming Environments.

2 8

2. Evolution of the Major Programming Languages : Zuse’s Plankalkül, Pseudocodes, Fortran, LISP, ALGOL 60, COBOL, BASIC, Object-Oriented Programming, C++, Java, Scripting Languages, .NET Language: C#, Markup / Programming Hybrid Languages .

1 4

3. Describing Syntax and Semantics: Introduction, the General Problem of Describing Syntax, Formal Methods of Describing Syntax, Attribute Grammars, Describing the Meanings of Programs, Dynamic Semantics.

3 12

4. Names, Bindings, and Scopes: Introduction, Names, Variables, The Concept of Binding, Scope, Scope and Lifetime, Referencing Environments, Named Constants.

2 8

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 275

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

5. Data Types: Introduction, Primitive Data Types, Character

String Types, User-Defined Ordinal Types, Array Types, Associative Arrays, Record Types.

2 8

6. Expressions and Assignment Statements: Introduction, Arithmetic Expressions, Overloaded Operators, Type Conversions, Relational and Boolean Expressions, Short-Circuit Evaluation, Assignment Statements, Mixed-Mode Assignment.

2 8

7. Statement-Level Control Structures: Introduction, Selection Statements, Iterative Statements, Unconditional Branching, Guarded Commands, Conclusions.

2 8

8. Subprograms: Introduction, Fundamentals of Subprograms, Design Issues for Subprograms, Local Referencing, Environments, Parameter-Passing Methods.

1 4

9. Expressions and Assignment Statements: Introduction, Arithmetic Expressions, Overloaded Operators, Type Conversions, Relational and Boolean Expressions, Short-Circuit Evaluation, Assignment Statements, Mixed-Mode Assignment.

1 4

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 ............ ............ 30 ............ 60

Credit 30 ............ ............ 15 ............ 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

Total Hours = 60+ 75 = 135 hour s

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 276

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Understand the fundamental programming

constructs including Names, Bindings, Scopes,

Data Types, Expressions and Assignment

Statements, Statement-Level Control Structures,

subprograms.

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

1.2 Name the key programming language concepts

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Improved background for choosing appropriate

languages

Lectures

Lab

demonstrations

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Brainstorming

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

2.2 Increased ability to learn new languages

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Better understanding of significance of

implementation

Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

3.2 Better use of programming languages that are

already known

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Work cooperatively in a small group. Small group

discussion

Written Exam

Homework 4.2 Save time and space in each task.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 277

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

Whole group

discussion

Brainstorming

Presentation

assignments

Lab

assignments

Class

Activities

Quizzes

5.0 Psychomotor---- N/A

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group

discussion Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments

After Every

chapter 10%

5

Implementation of presented concepts

Every two

weeks 10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student

consultations and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are

expected to be available each week)

Office hours: Sun: 8-12, Mon. 10-12, Wed. 8-10

Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Wed 12-1

Email: [email protected]

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 278

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Robert W. Sebesta, Concepts of Programming languages, Addison-Wesley edition 10,

2013.

2. List Essential References Materials : David A. Watt, Programming Language Design Concepts, Wiley (May 31, 2004).

Sara Baase and Allen Van Gelder, Computer Algorithms: Introduction to Design &

Analysis, Third Edition. by, 2000.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

Journal of Computer Languages.

4. List Electronic Materials :

http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-

821-programming-languages-fall-2002/index.htm

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102067/

5. Other learning material :

Video and presentation are available with me

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classroom and Lab, as those that are available at college of science at AzZulfi.

2. Computing resources

Smart Board

3. Other resources

N/A

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 279

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) filled by the students and electronically

organized by the university.

Student-faculty management meetings.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Discussion within the staff members teaching the course

Departmental internal review of the course.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activities by senior faculty members.

Training courses.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Evaluation matrix

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Course evaluation

Exam evaluation

Improvement plan

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s‎Coordinator Department Head Name : Noureldin Laban Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : 17/ 12 / 1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 280

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Courses Description

Level 10

Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Course Code

CSI 510 3 0 0 3 Graduation Project 2 CSI 520

CSI 511 3 0 2 2 Human Computer Interaction CSI 522

CSI 422 2 0 0 2 Professional Ethics CSI 525

*** 3 * * * Elective Course 4 ***

*** 3 * * * Free Elective Course ***

14 Total

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 281

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Graduation Project 2

CSI 520

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 282

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

1 - Course title : Graduation Project 2 Course Code: CSI 520

2. Credit hours : 3 (3 lecture + 0 lab)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Zeiad El-Saghir

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 10th

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 510

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None

9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science in Zulfi )

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom What percentage? ........%

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %

E - Correspondence √ What percentage? 80 %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

Most of the time the students will be coordinating their supervisor through physical

meetings and other methods.

B. Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course?

In this course, each group will continue developing their software systems started in

CSI 510. The students are supposed to apply design and engineering skills in the

accomplishment of a single goal. In this context the skills mentioned may be in the

general area of design and engineering in its broadest sense, or may be very

specifically related to particular tools. At the end of the semester, each group must

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 283

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

submit a final report, which documents completely the information system from the

problem definition phase to the implementation phase and contains a user manual for

the information system. Team work, leadership, communication and writing skills are

all important ingredients for a successful project.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being

implemented :

1. Ensure regular meetings of students with the supervisor.

2. Ensure regular evaluation of students by the supervisor.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Feasibility study: To produce a feasibility study document

that evaluates the costs and benefits of the proposed computer-

based application.

2 6

2. Planning and requirement analysis and specification: To

produce an SRS document identifying the qualities required of

the application, in terms of functionality, performance, ease of

use, portability, and so on.

3 9

3. Design and Specification: To produce an SDS document to

transform the requirements specified in the SRS document into a

structure that is suitable for implementation in some

programming language.

3 9

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 284

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Coding, Module Testing, Integration and System Testing:

The output of the coding and module testing phase is an

implemented and tested collection of modules. During the

integration and system testing phase, the modules are integrated

in a planned manner. The objective of system testing is to

determine whether the software system performs per the

requirements mentioned in the SRS document.

6 18

5. Delivery and Making Corrective Maintenance: The system

is distributed to the users. Corrective maintenance means

repairing processing or performance failures or making changes

because of previously uncorrected problems.

1 3

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 3 ............ ............ ............ ............ 45

Credit 3 ............ ............ ............ ............ 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 10

The students need to implement their project in their own time.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 285

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Learn new tools and technologies and understand of best

practices and standards and their application.

Meetings with

supervisor,

Group

Discussions

Presentations

, Report

Writing,

Demonstrati

ons

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Design, implement, develop and evaluate the computer-based

system of the project to meet desired needs.

Meetings with

supervisor,

Group

Discussions

Presentations

, Report

Writing,

Demonstrati

ons 2.2 Use and apply current technical concepts and practices in the

core information technologies of human computer

interaction, information management, programming,

networking, web systems and technologies.

2.3 Integrate IT-based solutions into the user environment

effectively.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Use current techniques, skills, and tools necessary for

computing practice.

Meetings with

supervisor,

Group

Discussions

Presentations

, Report

Writing,

Demonstrati

ons

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal

and communicate effectively with a range of audiences.

Meetings with

supervisor,

Group

Discussions

Presentations

, Report

Writing,

Demonstrati

ons

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 ................................N/A……………….. .................. ..................

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 286

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

Presentations, demonstrations, discussions and

reports showing the progress of the project

Every 2

weeks 40%

2

Final report and presentation Week 15 60%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

8. 6-office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.

9. The contact with students by e-mail, mobile, office telephone and website.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks (in the case of our project):

Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, Pearson Education Limited, 8th Ed., 2011.

B. B. Agarwal, S. P. Tayal, M. Gupta, Software Engineering & Testing, Jones and Bartlett

Publishers, LLC, 2010.

2. List Essential References Materials (in the case of our project):

https://www.moi.gov.sa/wps/portal/static/login/!ut/p/b1/04_SjzQ0NLU0sDA3tjDSj9CPykssy0x

PLMnMz0vMAfGjzOKdDAxcLZ0MHQ0MQkxdDDw9PDz9Q8wDDAwMDPWDE4v0c6Mc

FQETMC2l/

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (in the case of our project):

Pratap K. J. Mohapatra, Software Engineering: A Life Cycle Approach, New Age International

(P) Ltd., Publishers, 2010.

Phillip A. Laplante, What Every Engineer Should Know About Software Engineering, Taylor &

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 287

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Francis Group, 2007.

4. List Electronic Materials (in the case of our project):

(July 2014). Retrieved from http://developer.android.com/sdk/index.html

(Aug 2014). Retrieved from http://www.eclipse.org/org/

(April 2014). Retrieved from http://www.photoshop.com/

(February 2014). Retrieved from

5. Other learning material (in the case of our project):

None.

F. Facilities Required

1. Accommodation

Computer Labs

Library

2. Computing resources

Software and Hardware equipment (Depends on the project)

3. Other resources

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Periodic meetings.

Regularly asking problems of students.

Observation during work.

Students’ evaluations.

Colleagues’ evaluations.

Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Self-assessment.

Evaluation by other faculty members.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 288

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

External evaluation.

Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of

the course.

Guidelines provided by study plans commission.

Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of

direct observation.

Training and development.

Workshops to improve the educational process.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Supervisors of the project working together with Head of Department to adopt a

unique process of the evaluation.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Comparison of the outcome of the project with its counterparts

Ensuring that the project addresses new problems

Regular review of the tools and technologies used.

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Zeiad El-Saghir Name : Associate Prof. Yosry

Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature :

Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 289

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Human Computer Interaction

CSI 522

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 290

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

29. 1 - Course

title:

Human-Computer Interaction (HCI)

Course code: CSI-522

2. Credit hours : (3)

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and

Information

4 – Course Language : English

5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Yaser Abdalla

6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 8th level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Web Programming & Internet Technology (CSI 511)

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A

9 - Location if not on main campus : N/A

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %

E – Correspondence What percentage? ……. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

...........................................................................................................

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course? Human-Computer Interaction (HCI) is a rapidly expanding research and development area that has

transformed the way we use computers in the last thirty years. The course introduces fundamental

methods, principles and tools for designing, programming and testing interactive systems. It also

introduces students to the design, implementation, and evaluation of human-computer interfaces,

with emphasis on user-centered design and graphical user interfaces (GUI). The course covers topics

such as usability and affordances, user-centered design, human cognitive and physical ergonomics,

information and interactivity structures, interaction styles, interaction techniques, and user interface

software tools with a special focus on mobile user interfaces.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 291

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented :

1. Acquire the fundamentals of Human-Computer Interaction

2. Develop interactive UI evaluation skills

3. Develop a toolbox of proper design guidelines

4. Acquire GUI programming skills

5. Learn a variety of interface evaluation techniques

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

Brief history of HCI, What is Interaction Design and Usability? 2 6

UI Design Paradigms 2 6

Human Factors Perspective- The User Profile 2 6

The computer aspect of Human Computer Interaction, design principles 2 6

User interface design Scenario Based Design and Heuristic Evaluation 2 6

Process of interaction design, Design Guidelines for Menus, Fill-in forms,

and Commands 1 3

User modeling and the user profile and Adaptive interfaces, Evaluating

Usability- web usability 1 3

Evaluating usability, Predictive and interpretive evaluation 1 3

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 - - 30 - 60

Credit 30 - - 15 - 45

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 5

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 292

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 explain why it is important to design Interactive products

that are usable

Lectures, Lab demonstrations, Case studies, and Individual presentations.

Written Exam, Homework, assignments Lab assignments, Class Activities, and quizzes.

1.2 Gain knowledge on the interplay between humans, tasks,

technology, and contexts.

1.3 gain knowledge on important human factors that affect

human-computer interactions

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 To be able to conduct task analysis within contexts Small group discussion Whole group discussion Brainstorming Presentation

Written Exam, Homework, assignments Lab assignments, Class Activities, and quizzes.

2.2 To be able to apply HCI principles, guidelines, methods,

and techniques for human-centered information systems

development

2.3 To be able to conduct HCI evaluations and usability

studies.

2.4 To be able to critique HCI designs of others.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Discussion with

students

Making students

aware about time

management in

completing their

assignments.

Counsel students

how to make a

good presentation

in HCI.

Encourage

students to help

each other.

Respecting

deadlines.

Showing active

class participation.

Helping other

students to

understand tasks

in the class.

Giving clear and

logical arguments

Performing

seriously on

midterms and

final exams

3.2 Learn how to search for information through library and

internet.

3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally using

appropriate scientific language

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve

problems, and use computers. Exercises

Problem solving

oral quizzes

Write reports

Exercises related 4.2 Illustrate and use the HCI technologies effectively.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 293

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

4.3 Discus questions during the lecture, work in groups,

communicate with each other and with me electronically,

and periodically visit the sites I recommended.

Essay questions

Encourage students to

Implement a real HCI

system.

to specific topics

5.0 Psychomotor: N/A

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group discussions Every week 10%

4

Homework assignments

After Every

chapter 10%

5

Implementation of HCI based systems

Every two

weeks 10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

7

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon: 10-12, Wed: 10-12

Office call: Sun: 12-1 and Wed: 12-1

Email: [email protected]

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Te’eni, D., Carey, J. & Zhang, P. (2007), Human-Computer Interaction: Developing

Organizational Information Systems, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. ISBN: 0471677655

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 294

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2. List Essential References Materials : Rex Hartson, Pardha Pyla , Process and Guidelines for Ensuring a Quality User Experience,

The UX Book, 2011

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : Zhang, Ping & Galletta, Dennis (2006), Human Computer Interaction and Management

Information Systems: Foundations , M. E. Sharpe Inc., ISBN-10: 0765614863 ISBN-13: 978-

0765614865

4. List Electronic Materials : Video and presentation are available in course page

http://faculty.mu.edu.sa/ysalem/

5. Other learning material :

N/A

F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation

Classrooms and Labs, as those that are available at college of science at AzZulfi.

2. Computing resources Education console

Smart Board 3. Other resources

None.

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the university.

Student-faculty management meetings.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course

Departmental internal review of the course. 3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training course.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 295

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement It is planned to:‐ Check marking of a sample of student work by an independent faculty member.

Exchange periodically, and remark a sample of assignments with a faculty member

in one of distinguished institutes .

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement : Assessment and evaluation of the level of achieving the course outcomes through a

continuous improvement process (part of a quality assurance system established by the university)

Consequently, actions are to be taken to improve the course delivery when necessary.

Review of the course objectives, outcomes and curriculum at about 2 years span

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No (‎…..‎)‎Date …‎/‎….‎/‎…..‎H Course’s Coordinator Department Head

Name : Dr. Yaser Abdalla Name : Dr. Yousry Azzam Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 296

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Professional Ethics

CSI 525

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 297

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

A. Course Identification and General Information

30. 1 - Course

title :

Professional Ethics Course Code: CSI 525

2. Credit hours : ( 2 Credit Hours ) ( 2 Lecture )

3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information

4 – Course Language : English

31. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the

course:

.............................

32. 6 - Level/year at which this course is

offered :

10th Level

7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 422

8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None

9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science at Az Zulfi )

10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %

B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %

D - e-learning What percentage? …. %

E - Correspondence What percentage? …. %

F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %

Comments :

B Objectives

What is the main purpose for this course?

This course will examine the ethical issues that arise as a result of increasing use of

computers, and the responsibilities of those who work with computers, either as

computer science professionals or end users. The course will stress the ways in which

computers challenge traditional ethical and philosophical concepts, and raise old

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 298

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

issues in a new way. By the end of this course, students will be expected to read and

understand the ideas in the readings; explain the ideas; analyze issues and see them

from diverse perspectives; and formulate and critique arguments. The readings will

include technical issues in computer science and may focus on a particular area such

as software design as well as more traditional topics such as philosophical theories

(e.g. ethical relativism, utilitarianism, deontological theories, rights, and virtue ethics),

privacy, intellectual property rights and proprietary software, security, accountability,

liability, the digital divide, hacking, and viruses.

Here are several course goals:

To give a deep understanding of the social impact of computers and the ethical

issues in human activities affected by computers,

To prepare the student for living in a computerized world and perhaps working

as a professional in the computing field,

To improve presentation, debating and writing skills.

Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are

being implemented :

1. Formative exams during the term with a feedback to the students, so

these examinations can be used as a method of learning.

2. Using group discussions through the internet with course attending students.

3. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.

4. Help students to develop their knowledge about the topics that are presented in

the course.

C. Course Description

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

1. Introduction:

An introduction to the ethical issues that arise as a result of

increasing use of computers, and the responsibilities of those who

work with computers, either as computer science professionals or

end users - The Ethical Dilemma of computer science

professionals.

2 4

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 299

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2. Concepts:

The ways in which computers challenge traditional ethical and

philosophical concepts - Safety and Health in the Workplace

(OSHA) - Professional Ethics - Professional Responsibility -

Computers, Individual Mortality and Social Policy.

2 4

3. Read and Understand:

Read and understand the ideas in the readings; explain the ideas;

analyze issues and see them from diverse perspectives; and

formulate and critique arguments.

2 4

4. Reading Technical Issues:

Reading technical issues in computer science that focus on

software life cycle - Reading technical issues in computer science

that focus on philosophical theories (e.g. ethical relativism,

utilitarianism, deontological theories, rights, and virtue ethics).

3 6

5. Reading Technical Issues (Cont.):

Reading technical issues in computer science that focus on

privacy, intellectual property rights and proprietary software,

security, accountability, liability, the digital divide, hacking, and

viruses.

3 6

6. Ethical Issues:

Honesty, Integrity and Reliability - Safety, Risk and Liability in

computer science - computer science professionals as Employees

- computer science professionals and Environment - Engineering

Professionalism and Ethics.

3 6

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

Contact

Hours 30 ............ ............ ............ ............ 30

Credit 30 ............ ............ ............ ............ 30

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 300

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for

students per week. 3

The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:

Reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,

Searching the websites that are related to the course,

Solving the exercises that are assigned,

Discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,

Watching video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics

worldwide.

The total workload of the student in this course is then: 30 + 3 * 15 = 75 work

hours.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and

Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Recognize the need for and an ability to engage in

continuing professional development.

Lectures

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Apply different ethical frameworks to analyze an

ethical problem.

Lectures

Case studies

Individual

presentations

Brainstormin

g

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 301

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course

Teaching

Strategies

Course

Assessment

Methods

3.1 Adhere professional, ethical, legal, security, and

social issues and their responsibilities that are

related to the discipline.

Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstormin

g

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Function effectively in teams to accomplish a

common goal.

Small group

discussion

Whole group

discussion

Brainstormin

g

Presentation

Written Exam

Homework

assignments

Class Activities

Quizzes

4.2 Communicate effectively with a range of

audiences.

5.0 Psychomotor

N/A

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:

Assessment task Week Due

Proportion

of Total

Assessment

1

First written mid-term exam 6 15%

2

Second written mid-term exam 12 15%

3

Presentation, class activities, and group

discussion Every week 10%

4 Homework assignments After every

chapter 10%

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 302

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

5

Research about presented topics

Every two

weeks 10%

6

Final written exam 16 40%

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual

student consultations and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching

staff are expected to be available each week)

1. office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.

2. The contact with students by e-mail , mobile, office telephone and website.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks :

Deborah Johnson, Computer Ethics, 4th ed., 2009.

2. List Essential References Materials :

Richard Spinello and Herman Tavani, Readings in CyberEthics, 2nd

ed., 2004.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ETHICS.

ETHICS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY JOURNAL.

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ETHICS OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

ASSESSMENT.

4. List Electronic Materials :

http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?branch=Comp

https://www.coursera.org/

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 303

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

5. Other learning material :

Video and presentations that available with the instructor.

F. Facilities Required

1. Accommodation

Classrooms, and

Library, as those that are available at the college of science at Az Zulfi.

2. Computing resources

Smart Board.

3. Other resources

None.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Questionnaires (course evaluation) filled by the students and electronically

organized by the university.

Student-faculty management meetings.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department

Instructor :

Discussion within the staff members teaching the course.

Departmental internal review of the course.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching :

Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.

Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

Training course.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement

Instructors of the course checking together and putting a unique process of the

evaluation.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course

effectiveness and planning for improvement :

Course evaluation.

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 304

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Exam evaluation.

Improvement plan.

Course Specification Approved

Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H

Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : ........................... Name : Associate Prof. Yosry Azzam

Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................

Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 305

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Elective Courses Descriptions

Track I: Computer Graphics & Multimedia

Course

Number Course Title

Credit

s

Hours

Weekly Hours

Prerequisite Lecture

La

b

CSI 414 Digital Image Processing 3 2 2 MATH 310

CSI 424 Computer Vision 3 2 2 CSI 414

CSI 514 Interactive Computer Graphics 3 2 2 CSI 425

CSI 521 Multimedia Technology 3 2 2 CSI 425

CSI 530 Digital Photography 3 2 2 MATH 220

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 306

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Track II: Computer Networks

Course

Number Course Title

Credits

Hours

Weekly Hours Prerequisite

Lecture Lab

CSI 431 Advanced Computer Networks 3 2 2 CSI 322

CSI 432 Network Security 3 2 2 CSI 431

CSI 531 Wireless & Mobile Computing 3 2 2 CSI 322

CSI 532 Network Programming 3 2 2 CSI 431

CSI 533 Cloud Computing 3 2 2 CSI 322 ,

CSI 321

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 307

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Track III: Individual Track :

Course

Number Course Title Credits

Hours

Weekly Hours Prerequisite

Lecture Lab

CSI 441 Machine Learning 3 2 2 CSI 411

CSI 442 Introduction to Robotics 3 2 2 CSI 411

CSI 443 Expert Systems 3 2 2 CSI 411

CSI 444 Computational Methods 3 2 2 Math 310

CSI 445 Operational Research

3 2 2 STAT 320, MATH

310

CSI 446 Information System Management 3 2 2 CSI 314

CSI 447 Information Security 3 2 2 CSI 423

CSI 448 Project Management 3 2 2 CSI 422

CSI 449 Geographic Information Systems

(GIS)

3 2 2 CSI 324

Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 308

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for

Academic Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي